UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

or

Commission file number 1-9861

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

716-635-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Aggregate market value of the Common Stock, $0.50 par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the close of business on June 30, 2016: $16,919,525,595.

Number of shares of the Common Stock, $0.50 par value, outstanding as of the close of business on February 17, 2017: 154,172,084 shares.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

(1) Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of M&T Bank Corporation in Parts II and III.

 

 

 

 

---

M&T BANK CORPORATION

Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016

CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

 

2

---

 

3

---

PART I

M&T Bank Corporation (“Registrant” or “M&T”) is a New York business corporation which is registered as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”) and as a bank holding company (“BHC”) under Article III-A of the New York Banking Law (“Banking Law”). The principal executive offices of M&T are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203. M&T was incorporated in November 1969. M&T and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” As of December 31, 2016 the Company had consolidated total assets of $123.4 billion, deposits of $95.5 billion and shareholders’ equity of $16.5 billion. The Company had 16,000 full-time and 973 part-time employees as of December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2016, M&T had two wholly owned bank subsidiaries: Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (“M&T Bank”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust, N.A.”). The banks collectively offer a wide range of retail and commercial banking, trust and wealth management, and investment services to their customers. At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank represented 99% of consolidated assets of the Company.

The Company from time to time considers acquiring banks, thrift institutions, branch offices of banks or thrift institutions, or other businesses within markets currently served by the Company or in other locations that would complement the Company’s business or its geographic reach. The Company has pursued acquisition opportunities in the past, continues to review different opportunities, including the possibility of major acquisitions, and intends to continue this practice.

Subsidiaries

M&T Bank is a banking corporation that is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York. M&T Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to applicable limits. M&T acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of M&T Bank in December 1969. The stock of M&T Bank represents a major asset of M&T. M&T Bank operates under a charter granted by the State of New York in 1892, and the continuity of its banking business is traced to the organization of the Manufacturers and Traders Bank in 1856. The principal executive offices of M&T Bank are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had 799 domestic banking offices located in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, and the District of Columbia, a full-service commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada, and an office in George Town, Cayman Islands. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had consolidated total assets of $122.6 billion, deposits of $97.3 billion and shareholder’s equity of $14.5 billion. The deposit liabilities of M&T Bank are insured by the FDIC through its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). As a commercial bank, M&T Bank offers a broad range of financial services to a diverse base of consumers, businesses, professional clients, governmental entities and financial institutions located in its markets. Lending is largely focused on consumers residing in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, and Washington, D.C., and on small and medium-size businesses based in those areas, although loans are originated through offices in other states and in Ontario, Canada. In addition, the Company conducts lending activities in various states through other subsidiaries. Trust and other fiduciary services are offered by M&T Bank and through its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilmington Trust Company. M&T Bank and certain of its subsidiaries also offer commercial mortgage loans secured by income producing properties or properties used by borrowers in a trade or business. Additional financial services are provided through other operating subsidiaries of the Company.

4

---

Wilmington Trust, N.A., a national banking association and a member of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC, commenced operations on October 2, 1995. The deposit liabilities of Wilmington Trust, N.A. are insured by the FDIC through the DIF. The main office of Wilmington Trust, N.A. is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. Wilmington Trust, N.A. offers various trust and wealth management services. Historically, Wilmington Trust, N.A. offered selected deposit and loan products on a nationwide basis, through direct mail, telephone marketing techniques and the Internet. As of December 31, 2016, Wilmington Trust, N.A. had total assets of $3.7 billion, deposits of $3.2 billion and shareholder’s equity of $496 million.

Wilmington Trust Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Delaware bank and trust company in March 1901 and amended its charter in July 2011 to become a nondepository trust company. Wilmington Trust Company provides a variety of Delaware based trust, fiduciary and custodial services to its clients. As of December 31, 2016, Wilmington Trust Company had total assets of $1.3 billion and shareholder’s equity of $554 million. Revenues of Wilmington Trust Company were $121 million in 2016. The headquarters of Wilmington Trust Company are located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

M&T Insurance Agency, Inc. (“M&T Insurance Agency”), a wholly owned insurance agency subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a New York corporation in March 1955. M&T Insurance Agency provides insurance agency services principally to the commercial market. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Insurance Agency had assets of $35 million and shareholder’s equity of $18 million. M&T Insurance Agency recorded revenues of $31 million during 2016. The headquarters of M&T Insurance Agency are located at 285 Delaware Avenue, Buffalo, New York 14202.

M&T Real Estate Trust (“M&T Real Estate”) is a Maryland Real Estate Investment Trust that traces its origin to the incorporation of M&T Real Estate, Inc. in July 1995. M&T Real Estate engages in commercial real estate lending and provides loan servicing to M&T Bank. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Real Estate had assets of $22.9 billion, common shareholder’s equity of $22.0 billion, and preferred shareholders’ equity, consisting of 9% fixed-rate preferred stock (par value $1,000), of $1 million. All of the outstanding common stock and 89% of the preferred stock of M&T Real Estate is owned by M&T Bank. The remaining 11% of M&T Real Estate’s outstanding preferred stock is owned by officers or former officers of the Company. M&T Real Estate recorded $852 million of revenue in 2016. The headquarters of M&T Real Estate are located at M&T Center, One Fountain Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203.

M&T Realty Capital Corporation (“M&T Realty Capital”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Maryland corporation in October 1973. M&T Realty Capital engages in multifamily commercial real estate lending and provides loan servicing to purchasers of the loans it originates. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Realty Capital serviced $11.8 billion of commercial mortgage loans for non-affiliates and had assets of $1.2 billion and shareholder’s equity of $119 million. M&T Realty Capital recorded revenues of $139 million in 2016. The headquarters of M&T Realty Capital are located at 25 South Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

M&T Securities, Inc. (“M&T Securities”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank that was incorporated as a New York business corporation in November 1985. M&T Securities is registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisors Act”). M&T Securities is licensed as a life insurance agent in each state where M&T Bank operates branch offices and in a number of other states. It provides securities brokerage, investment advisory and insurance services. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Securities had assets of $51 million and shareholder’s equity of $41 million. M&T Securities recorded $99 million of revenue during 2016. The headquarters of M&T Securities are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203.

5

---

Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, Inc. (“WT Investment Advisors”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 1995. WT Investment Advisors, a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act, serves as an investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds, a family of proprietary mutual funds, and institutional clients. As of December 31, 2016, WT Investment Advisors had assets of $47 million and shareholder’s equity of $40 million. WT Investment Advisors recorded revenues of $39 million in 2016. The headquarters of WT Investment Advisors are located at 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

Wilmington Funds Management Corporation (“Wilmington Funds Management”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T that was incorporated in September 1981 as a Delaware corporation. Wilmington Funds Management is registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act and serves as an investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds. Wilmington Funds Management had assets of $29 million and shareholder’s equity of $28 million as of December 31, 2016. Wilmington Funds Management recorded revenues of $27 million in 2016. The headquarters of Wilmington Funds Management are located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

Wilmington Trust Investment Management, LLC (“WTIM”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T and was incorporated in December 2001 as a Georgia limited liability company. WTIM is a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act and provides investment management services to clients, including certain private funds. As of December 31, 2016, WTIM has assets and shareholder’s equity of $26 million each. WTIM recorded revenues of $2 million in 2016. WTIM’s headquarters is located at Terminus 27^th Floor, 3280 Peachtree Road N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30305.

The Registrant and its banking subsidiaries have a number of other special-purpose or inactive subsidiaries. These other subsidiaries did not represent, individually and collectively, a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated assets, net income and shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016.

Segment Information, Principal Products/Services and Foreign Operations

Information about the Registrant’s business segments is included in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and is further discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The Registrant’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking. The Company’s international activities are discussed in note 17 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

The only activities that, as a class, contributed 10% or more of the sum of consolidated interest income and other income in any of the last three years were interest on loans and trust income. The amount of income from such sources during those years is set forth on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Supervision and Regulation of the Company

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject to the comprehensive regulatory framework applicable to bank and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries. Regulation of financial institutions such as M&T and its subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the FDIC’s Deposit

6

---

Insurance Fund and the banking and financial system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders, investors or creditors other than insured depositors.

Proposals to change the applicable regulatory framework may be introduced in the United States Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to M&T or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Significant changes in this regulatory scheme arising from the 2010 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) have affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies, and the system of regulatory oversight of the Company. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, various federal regulatory agencies have proposed or adopted a broad range of implementing rules and regulations and have prepared numerous studies and reports for Congress. However, given that many of these regulatory changes are highly complex and are not fully implemented, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act regulatory reform will not be known until the rules are implemented and market practices develop under the final regulations. Furthermore, recent political developments, including the change in administration in the United States, have added uncertainty to the implementation, scope and timing of regulatory reforms, including those relating to the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act.  

Described below are material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to M&T and its subsidiaries. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described.

Overview

M&T is registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) as a BHC under the BHCA. As such, M&T and its subsidiaries are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHCA and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. Its investment advisor subsidiaries are subject to SEC regulation.

In general, the BHCA limits the business of a BHC to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. In addition, bank holding companies are to serve as a managerial and financial source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions, including committing resources to support its subsidiary banks. This support may be required at times when M&T may not be inclined or able to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a BHC to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a BHC’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the BHC to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve, by regulation or order, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository

7

---

institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity or to acquire a company engaged in any activity pursuant to the financial holding company provisions of the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company also must have at least a “satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”). See the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included elsewhere in this item.

M&T became a financial holding company on March 1, 2011. To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed.” The failure to meet such requirements could result in material restrictions on the activities of M&T and may also adversely affect the Company’s ability to enter into certain transactions or obtain necessary approvals in connection therewith, as well as loss of financial holding company status.

Current federal law also establishes a system of functional regulation under which, in addition to the broad supervisory authority that the Federal Reserve has over both the banking and non-banking activities of bank holding companies, the federal banking agencies regulate the banking activities of bank holding companies, banks and savings associations and subsidiaries of the foregoing, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulates their securities activities, and state insurance regulators regulate their insurance activities.

M&T Bank is a New York chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. As a result, it is subject to extensive regulation, examination and oversight by the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) and the Federal Reserve. New York laws and regulations govern many aspects of M&T Bank’s operations, including branching, dividends, subsidiary activities, fiduciary activities, lending, and deposit taking. M&T Bank is also subject to Federal Reserve regulations and guidance, including oversight of capital levels. Its deposits are insured by the FDIC to $250,000 per depositor, which also exercises regulatory oversight over certain aspects of M&T Bank’s operations. Certain subsidiaries of M&T Bank are subject to regulation by other federal and state regulators as well. For example, M&T Securities is regulated by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators, and WT Investment Advisors is also subject to SEC regulation.

Wilmington Trust, N.A. is a national bank with operations that include fiduciary and related activities with some limited lending and deposit business. It is subject to extensive regulation, examination and oversight by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), which governs many aspects of the operations, including fiduciary activities, capital levels, office locations, dividends and subsidiary activities. Its deposits are insured by the FDIC to $250,000 per depositor, which also exercises regulatory oversight over certain aspects of the operations of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments which are based on average consolidated total assets less average Tier 1 capital and certain allowable deductions of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions.

Dividends

M&T is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. Historically, the majority of M&T’s revenue has been from dividends paid to M&T by its subsidiary banks. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. are subject to laws and regulations imposing restrictions on the amount of dividends they may declare and pay. Future dividend payments to M&T by its subsidiary

8

---

banks will be dependent on a number of factors, including the earnings and financial condition of each such bank, and are subject to the limitations referred to in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and to other statutory powers of bank regulatory agencies.

An insured depository institution is prohibited from making any capital distribution to its owner, including any dividend, if, after making such distribution, the depository institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure, including the risk-based capital adequacy and leverage standards discussed herein.

Dividend payments by M&T to its shareholders and stock repurchases by M&T are subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve. As described below in this section under “Stress Testing and Capital Plan Review,” dividends and stock repurchases (net of any new stock issuances as per a capital plan) generally may only be paid or made under a capital plan as to which the Federal Reserve has not objected.

Capital Requirements

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the federal banking agencies. Beginning on January 1, 2015, M&T and its subsidiary banks became subject to a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that was issued by the federal banking agencies in July 2013 (the “New Capital Rules”), subject to phase-in periods for certain components and other provisions.

The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework referred to as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards. The New Capital Rules substantially revised the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including M&T, M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A., as compared to the U.S. general risk-based capital rules that were applicable to the Company through December 31, 2014. The New Capital Rules revised the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as addressed other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The New Capital Rules also addressed asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios.

Among other matters, the New Capital Rules: (i) introduced a capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to the previous regulations. Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, including M&T, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

9

---

Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

In calculating regulatory capital ratios M&T must assign risk weights to the Company’s assets and off-balance sheet items. M&T has an ongoing process to review data elements associated with certain assets that from time to time may affect how specific assets are classified and could lead to increases or decreases of the regulatory risk weights assigned to such assets. In connection with this process, in February 2017 M&T revised the risk weights assigned to certain commercial real estate construction loans as of December 31, 2016 pending completion of a review to compare loan system data elements with underlying loan documentation. That revision increased risk-weighted assets as of December 31, 2016 by 2% and thereby lowered the corresponding CET1 ratio by 26 basis points to 10.70% from an estimate of that ratio which had been previously disclosed by M&T in January 2017.

The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity and other capital instrument repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the capital standards applicable to M&T will include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%; (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5% and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets. In addition, M&T is also subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital plan rule and supervisory Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) process, pursuant to which its ability to make capital distributions and repurchase or redeem capital securities may be limited unless M&T is able to demonstrate its ability to meet applicable minimum capital ratios and currently a 5% minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio, as well as other requirements, over a nine quarter planning horizon under a “severely adverse” macroeconomic scenario generated yearly by the federal bank regulators. See “Stress Testing and Capital Plan Review” below.

The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.

In addition, under the risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company through December 31, 2014, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) items included in shareholders’ equity (for example, unrealized gains and losses on securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP were reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including M&T, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. M&T made such election in 2015. The New Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, from inclusion

10

---

in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital, subject to phase-out in the case of bank holding companies, such as M&T, that had $15 billion or more in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009. As a result, beginning in 2015, 25% of M&T’s trust preferred securities were includable in Tier 1 capital, and beginning in 2016, none of M&T’s trust preferred securities were includable in Tier 1 capital. Trust preferred securities no longer included in M&T’s Tier 1 capital may nonetheless be included as a component of Tier 2 capital on a permanent basis without phase-out and irrespective of whether such securities otherwise meet the revised definition of Tier 2 capital set forth in the New Capital Rules. Management believes that M&T is in compliance with the targeted capital ratios. M&T’s regulatory capital ratios are presented in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Stress Testing and Capital Plan Review

As part of the enhanced prudential requirements applicable to systemically important financial institutions, the Federal Reserve conducts annual analyses of bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in assets, such as M&T, to determine whether the companies have sufficient capital on a consolidated basis necessary to absorb losses in three economic and financial scenarios generated by the Federal Reserve: baseline, adverse and severely adverse scenarios. M&T is also required to conduct its own semi-annual stress analysis (together with the Federal Reserve’s stress analysis, the “stress tests”) to assess the potential impact on M&T of the economic and financial conditions used as part of the Federal Reserve’s annual stress analysis. The Federal Reserve may also use, and require companies to use, additional components in the adverse and severely adverse scenarios or additional or more complex scenarios designed to capture salient risks to specific business groups. M&T Bank is also required to conduct annual stress testing using the same economic and financial scenarios as M&T and report the results to the Federal Reserve. A summary of results of the Federal Reserve’s analysis under the adverse and severely adverse stress scenarios are publicly disclosed, and bank holding companies subject to the rules, including M&T, must disclose a summary of the company-run severely adverse stress test results. M&T is required to include in its disclosure a summary of the severely adverse scenario stress test conducted by M&T Bank.

In addition, bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T, must submit annual capital plans for approval as part of the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process. Covered bank holding companies may execute capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing stock, only in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed and approved by the Federal Reserve (or any approved amendments to such plan). The comprehensive capital plans include a view of capital adequacy under four scenarios — a BHC-defined baseline scenario, a baseline scenario provided by the Federal Reserve, at least one BHC-defined stress scenario, and a stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve. The CCAR process is intended to help ensure that these bank holding companies have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for each company’s unique risks and that permit continued operations during times of economic and financial stress. Each of the bank holding companies participating in the CCAR process is also required to collect and report certain related data to the Federal Reserve on a quarterly basis to allow the Federal Reserve to monitor progress against the approved capital plans. Each capital plan must include a view of capital adequacy under the stress test scenarios described above. The Federal Reserve may object to a capital plan if the plan does not show that the covered BHC will maintain a Tier 1 common equity ratio of at least 5% on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the nine-quarter planning horizon covered by the capital plan. Even if such quantitative thresholds are met, the Federal Reserve could object to a capital plan for qualitative reasons, including inadequate assumptions in the plan, other unresolved supervisory issues or an insufficiently robust capital adequacy process, or if the capital plan would otherwise constitute an

11

---

unsafe or unsound practice or violate law. The rules also provide that a covered BHC may not make a capital distribution unless after giving effect to the distribution it will meet all minimum regulatory capital ratios and have a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 5%. The CCAR rules, consistent with prior Federal Reserve guidance, also provide that capital plans contemplating dividend payout ratios exceeding 30% of net income will receive particularly close scrutiny. M&T’s annual CCAR capital plan is due in April each year and the Federal Reserve will publish the results of its supervisory CCAR review of M&T’s capital plan by June 30 of each year.

The Federal Reserve generally limits a BHC’s ability to make quarterly capital distributions – that is, dividends and share repurchases, if the amount of the BHC’s actual cumulative quarterly capital issuances of instruments that qualify as regulatory capital are less than the BHC had indicated in its submitted capital plan as to which it received a non-objection from the Federal Reserve. For example, if the BHC issued a smaller amount of additional common stock than it had stated in its capital plan, it would be required to reduce common dividends and/or the amount of common stock repurchases so that the dollar amount of capital distributions, net of the dollar amount of additional common stock issued (“net distributions”), is no greater than the dollar amount of net distributions relating to its common stock included in its capital plan, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the third quarter of the nine-quarter planning horizon through the end of the then current quarter. However, not raising sufficient amounts of common stock as planned would not affect distributions related to Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments and/ or Tier 2 Capital. These limitations also contain several important qualifications and exceptions, including that scheduled dividend payments on (as opposed to repurchases of) a BHC’s Additional Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital instruments are not restricted if the BHC fails to issue a sufficient amount of such instruments as planned, as well as provisions for certain de minimis excess distributions.

Liquidity

Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and BHC liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, both in the U.S. and internationally, without required formulaic measures. However, in January 2016 M&T became subject to final rules adopted by the Federal Reserve and other banking regulators (“Final LCR Rule”) implementing a U.S. version of the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) requirement. The LCR requirement is intended to ensure that banks hold sufficient amounts of so-called “high quality liquid assets” (“HQLA”) to cover the anticipated net cash outflows during a hypothetical acute 30-day stress scenario. The LCR is the ratio of an institution’s amount of HQLA (the numerator) over projected net cash out-flows over the 30-day horizon (the denominator), in each case, as calculated pursuant to the Final LCR Rule. The Final LCR Rule requires a subject institution to maintain an LCR equal to at least 100% in order to satisfy this regulatory requirement. Only specific classes of assets, including U.S. Treasury securities, other U.S. government obligations and agency mortgaged-backed securities, qualify under the rule as HQLA, with classes of assets deemed relatively less liquid and/or subject to greater degree of credit risk subject to certain haircuts and caps for purposes of calculating the numerator under the Final LCR Rule. The total net cash outflows amount is determined under the rule by applying certain hypothetical outflow and inflow rates, which reflect certain standardized stressed assumptions, against the balances of the banking organization’s funding sources, obligations, transactions and assets over the 30-day stress period. Inflows that can be included to offset outflows are limited to 75% of outflows (which effectively means that banking organizations must hold high-quality liquid assets equal to 25% of outflows even if outflows perfectly match inflows over the stress period). The total net cash outflow amount for the modified LCR applicable to M&T was capped at 70% of the outflow rate that applies to the full LCR. As of January 1, 2017, the Final LCR Rule has been fully phased-in.

12

---

The Basel III framework also included a second standard, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), which is designed to promote more medium-and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon. In May 2016, the Federal Reserve and other federal banking regulators issued a proposed rule that would implement the NSFR for large U.S. banking organizations.  Under the proposed rule, the most stringent requirements would apply to bank holding companies with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in on-balance sheet foreign exposure, and would require such organizations to maintain a minimum NSFR of 1.0 on an ongoing basis, calculated by dividing the organization’s available stable funding (“ASF”) by its required stable funding (“RSF”).  Bank holding companies with less than $250 billion, but more than $50 billion, in total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion in on-balance sheet foreign exposure, such as M&T, would be subject to a modified NSFR requirement which would require such bank holding companies to maintain a minimum NSFR of 0.7 on an ongoing basis.  Under the proposed rule, a banking organization’s ASF would be calculated by applying specified standard weightings to its equity and liabilities based on their expected stability over a one-year time horizon and its RSF would be calculated by applying specified standardized weightings to its assets, derivative exposures and commitments based on their liquidity characteristics over the same one-year time horizon.  If implemented, the proposed rule would take effect on January 1, 2018.

Cross-Guarantee Provisions

Each insured depository institution “controlled” (as defined in the BHCA) by the same BHC can be held liable to the FDIC for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of any other insured depository institution controlled by that BHC and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to any of those banks that are in danger of default. The FDIC’s claim under the cross-guarantee provisions is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its BHC and to most claims arising out of obligations or liabilities owed to affiliates of the institution, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institution. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF.

Enhanced Supervision and Prudential Standards

The Dodd-Frank Act directed the Federal Reserve to enact enhanced prudential standards applicable to foreign banking organizations and bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T. The Federal Reserve adopted amendments to Regulation YY to implement certain of the required enhanced prudential standards. Those amendments, which are intended to help increase the resiliency of the operations of these organizations, include liquidity requirements, requirements for overall risk management (including establishing a risk committee), and a 15-to-1 debt-to-equity limit for companies that the Financial Stability Oversight Council has determined pose a grave threat to financial stability. The liquidity requirements and risk management requirements became effective as to M&T on January 1, 2015. In March 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a revised proposal regarding single counterparty credit limits, which would impose a limit on credit exposure to any counterparty.

Volcker Rule

On December 10, 2013, the federal banking regulators and the SEC adopted the so-called Volcker Rule to implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act limiting proprietary trading and investing in

13

---

and sponsoring certain hedge funds and private equity funds (defined as covered funds in the Volcker Rule). The Company does not engage in any significant amount of proprietary trading as defined in the Volcker Rule and has implemented the required procedures for those areas in which trading does occur. The covered funds limits are imposed through a conformance period that is expected to end in July 2017. To comply with requirements of the Volcker Rule, during 2016, the Company sold the collateralized debt obligations that had been held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”), establish general standards relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. Additionally, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Limits on Undercapitalized Depository Institutions

The FDIA establishes a system of regulatory remedies to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions, referred to as the prompt corrective action. The federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”) and must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions which are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. The severity of these mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The FDIC has specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each category. The Federal Reserve and the OCC have specified the same or similar levels for each category. Effective January 1, 2015, the New Capital Rules created new prompt corrective action requirements by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8%; and (iii) eliminating the provision that provided that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized.

An institution that is classified as well-capitalized based on its capital levels may be classified as adequately capitalized, and an institution that is adequately capitalized or undercapitalized based upon its capital levels may be treated as though it were undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized, respectively, if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment.

14

---

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking regulator. Under the FDIA, in order for the capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal banking agency, a BHC must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The BHC must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The obligation of a controlling BHC under the FDIA to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the FDIC. Institutions that are significantly undercapitalized or undercapitalized and either fail to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fail to implement an approved capital restoration plan may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions failing to submit or implement an acceptable capital restoration plan are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Transactions with Affiliates

There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which M&T and its non-bank subsidiaries may borrow or otherwise obtain funding from M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. In general, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W require that any “covered transaction” by M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. (or any of their respective subsidiaries) with an affiliate must in certain cases be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and must be limited as follows: (a) in the case of any single such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries may not exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of such insured depository institution, and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of an insured depository institution and its subsidiaries may not exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of such insured depository institution. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including for example, the requirement that the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions begin to apply to financial subsidiaries. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include, among other things, a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve) from the affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. All covered transactions, including certain additional transactions (such as transactions with a third party in which an affiliate has a financial interest), must be conducted on market terms.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

Deposit Insurance Assessments. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. pay deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC. Deposit insurance assessments are based on average total assets minus average tangible equity. For larger institutions, such as M&T Bank, the FDIC uses a performance score and a loss-severity score that are used to calculate an initial assessment rate. In calculating these scores, the FDIC uses a bank’s capital level and supervisory ratings and certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress. The FDIC has the ability to make discretionary

15

---

adjustments to the total score based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the calculations.

In its DIF restoration plan, the FDIC designated that the DIF reserve ratio should be 1.35% by September 2020. In March 2016, the FDIC adopted a final rule that imposes a surcharge on the assessments of depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including M&T Bank, beginning in the quarter following the quarter that the DIF surpasses 1.15% and continuing through the earlier of the quarter that the reserve ratio first reaches or exceeds 1.35% or December 31, 2018.

In August 2016, the FDIC announced that the DIF reserve ratio had surpassed 1.15% as of June 30, 2016.  As a result, beginning in the third quarter of 2016, the range of initial assessment ranges for all institutions were adjusted downward such that the initial base deposit insurance assessment rate ranges from 3 to 30 basis points on an annualized basis.  After the effect of potential base-rate adjustments, the total base assessment rate could range from 1.5 to 40 basis points on an annualized basis. Nevertheless, at the same time depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including M&T Bank, became subject to the surcharge referred to in the preceding paragraph. Additionally, an institution must pay an additional premium equal to 50 basis points on every dollar (above 3% of an institution’s Tier 1 capital) of long-term, unsecured debt held that was issued by another insured depository institution.  M&T Bank recognized $98 million of expense related to its FDIC assessment and large bank surcharge and Wilmington Trust, N.A. recognized $417 thousand of FDIC insurance expense in 2016.

Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

FICO Assessments. In addition, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 authorized the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose assessments on DIF applicable deposits in order to service the interest on FICO’s bond obligations from deposit insurance fund assessments. The amount assessed on individual institutions by FICO is in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance according to the FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedules. FICO assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect a change in assessment base. M&T Bank recognized $6 million of expense related to its FICO assessments and Wilmington Trust, N.A. recognized $53 thousand of such expense in 2016.

Acquisitions

The BHCA requires every BHC to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (1) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition, the BHC will directly or indirectly own or control 5% or more of the voting shares of the institution; (2) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or (3) it may merge or consolidate with any other BHC. Since July 2011, financial holding companies and bank holding companies with consolidated assets exceeding $50 billion, such as M&T, have been required to (i) obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring certain nonbank financial companies with assets exceeding $10 billion and (ii) provide prior written notice to the Federal Reserve before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any company having consolidated assets of $10 billion or more.

The BHCA further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in

16

---

meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties’ performance under the CRA and compliance with consumer protection laws. The Federal Reserve must take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in combating money laundering. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the BHCA was amended to require the Federal Reserve, when evaluating a proposed transaction, to consider the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system.

Executive and Incentive Compensation

Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. The Federal Reserve has issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies (the “Incentive Compensation Guidance”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive Compensation Guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act, discussed below. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The Incentive Compensation Guidance provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion in total assets, such as M&T and M&T Bank. The agencies proposed initial regulations in April 2011 and proposed revised regulations during the second quarter of 2016 that would establish general qualitative requirements applicable to all covered entities, additional specific requirements for entities with total consolidated assets of at least $50 billion, such as M&T, and further, more stringent requirements for those with total consolidated assets of at least $250 billion. The general qualitative requirements include (i) prohibiting incentive arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation; (ii) prohibiting incentive arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks that could lead to a material financial loss; (iii) establishing requirements for performance measures to appropriately balance risk and reward; (iv) requiring board of director oversight of incentive arrangements; and (v) mandating appropriate record-keeping. For larger financial institutions, including M&T, the proposed revised regulations would also introduce additional requirements applicable only to “senior executive officers” and “significant risk-takers” (as defined in the proposed regulations), including (i) limits on performance measures and leverage relating to performance targets; (ii) minimum deferral periods;

17

---

and (iii) subjecting incentive compensation to possible downward adjustment, forfeiture and clawback. If the final regulations are adopted in the form proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which M&T may structure compensation for its executives.

In October 2016, the NYDFS issued guidance emphasizing that its regulated banking institutions, including M&T Bank, must ensure that any incentive compensation arrangements tied to employee performance indicators are subject to effective risk management, oversight and control.

The scope and content of the banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of M&T and its subsidiaries to hire, retain and motivate their key employees.

Resolution Planning

Bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T, are required to report periodically to regulators a resolution plan for their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. M&T’s resolution plan must, among other things, ensure that its depository institution subsidiaries are adequately protected from risks arising from its other subsidiaries. The regulation adopted by the Federal Reserve and FDIC sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a strategic analysis of the plan’s components, a description of the range of specific actions the company proposes to take in resolution, and a description of the company’s organizational structure, material entities, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. In addition, insured depository institutions with $50 billion or more in total assets, such as M&T Bank, are required to submit to the FDIC periodic plans for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. M&T and M&T Bank most recently submitted resolution plans in December 2015, as required.  The next resolution plans that M&T and M&T Bank will be required to file must be submitted by December 31, 2017.

Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution or a Bank Holding Company

If the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution such as M&T Bank or Wilmington Trust, N.A., upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power:

In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of domestic deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any debt obligations of M&T Bank or Wilmington Trust, N.A., the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the bank. The Dodd-Frank Act created a

18

---

new resolution regime (known as “orderly liquidation authority”) for systemically important financial companies, including bank holding companies and their affiliates. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver for the systemically important institution, and its failed subsidiaries, for purposes of liquidating the entity if, among other conditions, it is determined at the time of the institution’s failure that it is in default or in danger of default and the failure poses a risk to the stability of the U.S. financial system.

If the FDIC is appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the powers of the receiver, and the rights and obligations of creditors and other parties who have dealt with the institution, would be determined under the Dodd-Frank Act provisions, and not under the insolvency law that would otherwise apply. The powers of the receiver under the orderly liquidation authority were based on the powers of the FDIC as receiver for depository institutions under the FDIA. However, the provisions governing the rights of creditors under the orderly liquidation authority were modified in certain respects to reduce disparities with the treatment of creditors’ claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code as compared to the treatment of those claims under the new authority. Nonetheless, substantial differences in the rights of creditors exist as between these two regimes, including the right of the FDIC to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances, the use of an administrative claims procedure to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings), and the right of the FDIC to transfer claims to a “bridge” entity.

An orderly liquidation fund will fund such liquidation proceedings through borrowings from the Treasury Department and risk-based assessments made, first, on entities that received more in the resolution than they would have received in liquidation to the extent of such excess, and second, if necessary, on bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T. If an orderly liquidation is triggered, M&T could face assessments for the orderly liquidation fund.

The FDIC has developed a strategy under the orderly liquidation authority referred to as the “single point of entry” strategy, under which the FDIC would resolve a failed financial holding company by transferring its assets (including shares of its operating subsidiaries) and, potentially, very limited liabilities to a “bridge” holding company; utilize the resources of the failed financial holding company to recapitalize the operating subsidiaries; and satisfy the claims of unsecured creditors of the failed financial holding company and other claimants in the receivership by delivering securities of one or more new financial companies that would emerge from the bridge holding company. Under this strategy, management of the failed financial holding company would be replaced and shareholders and creditors of the failed financial holding company would bear the losses resulting from the failure.

Depositor Preference

Under federal law, depositors and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the United States and the parent BHC, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity

The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow

19

---

consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.

In October 2016, the federal banking regulators jointly issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking on enhanced cyber risk management standards that are intended to increase the operational resilience of large and interconnected entities under their supervision. Once established, the enhanced cyber risk management standards would help to reduce the potential impact of a cyber-attack or other cyber-related failure on the financial system. The advance notice of proposed rulemaking addresses five categories of cyber standards: (1) cyber risk governance; (2) cyber risk management; (3) internal dependency management; (4) external dependency management; and (5) incident response, cyber resilience, and situational awareness. In December 2016, the NYSDFS re-proposed regulations that would require financial institutions regulated by the NYSDFS, including M&T Bank, to, among other things, (i) establish and maintain a cyber security program designed to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of their information systems; (ii) implement and maintain a written cyber security policy setting forth policies and procedures for the protection of their information systems and nonpublic information; and (iii) designate a Chief Information Security Officer.

Consumer Protection Laws and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Supervision

In connection with their respective lending and leasing activities, M&T Bank, Wilmington Trust, N.A. and certain of their subsidiaries, are each subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and various state law counterparts. They are also subject to consumer protection laws governing their deposit taking activities, as well securities and insurance laws governing certain aspects of their consolidated operations. Furthermore, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”) has issued integrated disclosure requirements under the Truth-in-Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act that relate to the provision of disclosures to borrowers.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB with broad powers to supervise and enforce most federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including M&T Bank.

20

---

The CFPB has focused on:

The Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machines (“ATM”) and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those type of transactions. If a consumer does not opt in, any ATM transaction or debit that overdraws the consumer’s account will be denied. Overdrafts on the payment of checks and regular electronic bill payments are not covered by this rule. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service, and the consumer’s choices. Financial institutions must provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account terms, conditions and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA is intended to encourage depository institutions to help meet the credit needs of the communities in which they operate, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. CRA examinations are conducted by the federal agencies that are responsible for supervising depository institutions: the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC. A financial institution's performance in helping to meet the credit needs of its community is evaluated in the context of information about the institution (capacity, constraints and business strategies), its community (demographic and economic data, lending, investment, and service opportunities), and its competitors and peers. Upon completion of a CRA examination, an overall CRA Rating is assigned using a four-tiered rating system. These ratings are: “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” and “Substantial Noncompliance.” The CRA evaluation is used in evaluating applications for future approval of bank activities including mergers, acquisitions, charters, branch openings and deposit facilities. M&T Bank has a rating of “Outstanding.” M&T Bank is also subject to New York State CRA examination and is assessed using a 1 to 4 scoring system.  M&T Bank has an “Outstanding” rating from the NYSDFS. Wilmington Trust, N.A. was subject to the CRA until March 3, 2016 when the OCC changed its designation of Wilmington Trust, N.A. to a special purpose trust company, which exempts Wilmington Trust, N.A. from the requirements of the CRA.

Bank Secrecy and Anti-Money Laundering

Federal laws and regulations impose obligations on U.S. financial institutions, including banks and broker/dealer subsidiaries, to implement and maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls which are reasonably designed to prevent, detect and report instances of money laundering and the financing of terrorism and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, these provisions require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and BHC acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. As a result of an inspection by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, on June 17, 2013

21

---

M&T and M&T Bank entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York related to M&T Bank’s Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering Program pursuant to which M&T and M&T Bank have implemented a BSA/AML program with significantly expanded scale and scope.  M&T and M&T Bank are continuing to work towards the resolution of all outstanding issues in the written agreement.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g. property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Regulation of Insurers and Insurance Brokers

The Company’s operations in the areas of insurance brokerage and reinsurance of credit life insurance are subject to regulation and supervision by various state insurance regulatory authorities. Although the scope of regulation and form of supervision may vary from state to state, insurance laws generally grant broad discretion to regulatory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. This supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling of customer funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Certain of M&T’s insurance company subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulatory supervision and to insurance laws and regulations requiring, among other things, maintenance of capital, record keeping, reporting and examinations.

Federal Reserve Policies

The earnings of the Company are significantly affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of governmental authorities, including the Federal Reserve. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve are open-market operations in U.S. Government securities and federal funds, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments of monetary policy are used in varying combinations to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits. The Federal Reserve frequently uses these instruments of monetary policy, especially its open-market operations and the discount rate, to influence the level of interest rates and to affect the strength of the economy, the level of inflation or the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of banking institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to predict the nature of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies or the effect which they may have on the Company’s business and earnings.

22

---

Competition

The Company competes in offering commercial and personal financial services with other banking institutions and with firms in a number of other industries, such as thrift institutions, credit unions, personal loan companies, sales finance companies, leasing companies, securities firms and insurance companies. Furthermore, diversified financial services companies are able to offer a combination of these services to their customers on a nationwide basis. The Company’s operations are significantly impacted by state and federal regulations applicable to the banking industry. Moreover, the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, the Interstate Banking Act and the Banking Law have allowed for increased competition among diversified financial services providers.

Other Information

Through a link on the Investor Relations section of M&T’s website at www.mtb.com, copies of M&T’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are made available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information are also available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to M&T Bank Corporation, Shareholder Relations Department, One M&T Plaza, 8th Floor, Buffalo, NY 14203-2399 (Telephone: (716) 842-5138). The public may read and copy any materials that M&T files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Corporate Governance

M&T’s Corporate Governance Standards and the following corporate governance documents are also available on M&T’s website at the Investor Relations link: Disclosure and Regulation FD Policy; Executive Committee Charter; Nomination, Compensation and Governance Committee Charter; Audit Committee Charter; Risk Committee Charter; Financial Reporting and Disclosure Controls and Procedures Policy; Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers; Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; Employee Complaint Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters; and Excessive or Luxury Expenditures Policy. Copies of such governance documents are also available, free of charge, to any person who requests them. Such requests may be directed to M&T Bank Corporation, Shareholder Relations Department, One M&T Plaza, 8th Floor, Buffalo, NY 14203-2399 (Telephone: (716) 842-5138).

Statistical Disclosure Pursuant to Guide 3

See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional information is included in the following tables.

23

---

Table 1

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED YEAR-END BALANCES

 

 

Table 2

SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND OFFICES

 

 

24

---

Table 3

CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS

 

 

25

---

Table 4

COMMON SHAREHOLDER DATA

 

 

Table 5

CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE(a)

 

 

 

 

26

---

M&T and its subsidiaries could be adversely impacted by a number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict.  As a financial institution certain risk elements are inherent in the ordinary course of the Company’s business activities and adverse experience with those risks could have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on the values of the Company’s financial instruments and M&T’s common stock.  The Company has developed a risk management process to identify, understand, mitigate and balance its exposure to significant risks. The following risk factors set forth some of the risks that could materially and adversely impact the Company.

Market Risk

Weakness in the economy has adversely affected the Company in the past and may adversely affect the Company in the future.

Poor business and economic conditions in general or specifically in markets served by the Company could have one or more of the following adverse effects on the Company’s business:

The Company’s business and financial performance is impacted significantly by market interest rates and movements in those rates. The monetary, tax and other policies of governmental agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance over which the Company has no control and which the Company may not be able to anticipate adequately.

As a result of the high percentage of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related instruments, changes in interest rates, in the shape of the yield curve or in spreads between different market interest rates, can have a material effect on the Company’s business and profitability and the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities. For example:

27

---

The monetary, tax and other policies of the government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance. These governmental policies can thus affect the activities and results of operations of banking companies such as the Company. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the national supply of bank credit and certain interest rates. The actions of the Federal Reserve influence the rates of interest that the Company charges on loans and that the Company pays on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of the Company’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Also, due to the impact on rates for short-term funding, the Federal Reserve’s policies also influence, to a significant extent, the Company’s cost of such funding. In addition, the Company is routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should tax laws change or the tax authorities determine that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. M&T cannot predict the nature or timing of future changes in monetary, tax and other policies or the effect that they may have on the Company’s business activities, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s business and performance is vulnerable to the impact of volatility in debt and equity markets.

As most of the Company’s assets and liabilities are financial in nature, the Company’s performance tends to be sensitive to the performance of the financial markets. Turmoil and volatility in U.S. and global financial markets can be a major contributory factor to overall weak economic conditions, leading to some of the risks discussed herein, including the impaired ability of borrowers and other counterparties to meet obligations to the Company. Financial market volatility also can have some of the following adverse effects on the Company and its business, including adversely affecting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations:

28

---

Volatility in the markets for real estate and other assets commonly securing financial products has been and may continue to be a significant contributor to overall volatility in financial markets.

The Company’s regional concentrations expose it to adverse economic conditions in its primary retail banking office footprint.

The Company’s core banking business is largely concentrated within the Company’s retail banking office network footprint, located principally in New York, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. Therefore, the Company is, or in the future may be, particularly vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions.

Risks Relating to Compliance and the Regulatory Environment

The Company is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision and this regulatory environment can be and has been significantly impacted by financial regulatory reform initiatives.

The Company is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the financial system as a whole, not stockholders. These regulations and supervisory guidance affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, amounts of capital, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In this regard, government authorities, including the bank regulatory agencies, are pursuing aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures and may also adversely affect the Company’s ability to enter into certain transactions or engage in certain activities, or obtain necessary regulatory approvals in connection therewith.

The U.S. government and others have recently undertaken major reforms of the regulatory oversight structure of the financial services industry. M&T expects to face increased regulation of its industry as a result of current and possible future initiatives. M&T also expects more intense scrutiny in the examination process and more aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels. Compliance with these new regulations and supervisory initiatives will likely increase the Company’s costs, reduce its revenue and may limit its ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities.

Not all of the rules required or expected to be implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act have been proposed or adopted, and certain of the rules that have been proposed or adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to phase-in or transitional periods. Reforms, both under the Dodd-Frank Act and otherwise, will have a significant effect on the entire financial services industry. Although it

29

---

is difficult to predict the magnitude and extent of these effects, M&T believes compliance with new regulations and other initiatives will likely negatively impact revenue and increase the cost of doing business, both in terms of transition expenses and on an ongoing basis, and may also limit M&T’s ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities. Any new regulatory requirements or changes to existing requirements could require changes to the Company’s businesses, result in increased compliance costs and affect the profitability of such businesses. Additionally, reform could affect the behaviors of third parties that the Company deals with in the course of its business, such as rating agencies, insurance companies and investors. Heightened regulatory practices, requirements or expectations could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways, and, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. While the change in administration in the U.S. may ultimately lead to the modification of certain of the regulations adopted since the financial crisis, uncertainty about the timing and scope of any such changes as well as the cost of complying with a new regulatory regime may negatively impact the Company’s businesses, at least in the short term, even if the long-term impact of any such changes may be positive for the Company’s businesses.

Capital and liquidity standards adopted by the U.S. banking regulators have resulted in banks and bank holding companies needing to maintain more and higher quality capital and greater liquidity than has historically been the case.

New capital standards, both as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and the U.S. Basel III-based capital rules have had a significant effect on banks and bank holding companies, including M&T. The U.S. capital rules require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. For additional information, see “Capital Requirements” under Part I, Item 1 “Business.”

The need to maintain more and higher quality capital, as well as greater liquidity, going forward than historically has been required, and generally increased regulatory scrutiny with respect to capital and liquidity levels, could limit the Company’s business activities, including lending, and its ability to expand, either organically or through acquisitions. It could also result in M&T being required to take steps to increase its regulatory capital that may be dilutive to shareholders or limit its ability to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to shareholders, or sell or refrain from acquiring assets, the capital requirements for which are not justified by the assets’ underlying risks.

In addition, the U.S. Basel III-based liquidity coverage ratio requirement and the liquidity-related provisions of the Federal Reserve’s liquidity-related enhanced prudential supervision requirements adopted pursuant to Section 165 of Dodd-Frank require the Company to hold increased levels of unencumbered highly liquid investments, thereby reducing the Company’s ability to invest in other longer-term assets even if deemed more desirable from a balance sheet management perspective. Moreover, U.S. federal banking agencies have been taking into account expectations regarding the ability of banks to meet these requirements, including under stressed conditions, in approving actions that represent uses of capital, such as dividend increases, share repurchases and acquisitions.

M&T’s ability to return capital to shareholders and to pay dividends on common stock may be adversely affected by market and other factors outside of its control and will depend, in part, on a review of its capital plan by the Federal Reserve.

Any decision by M&T to return capital to shareholders, whether through an increase in its common stock dividend or through a share repurchase program, requires the approval of the M&T Board of Directors and depends in large part on receiving regulatory approval, including through the Federal

30

---

Reserve’s CCAR process and the supervisory stress tests required under the Dodd-Frank Act whereby M&T’s financial position is tested under assumed severely adverse economic conditions. Prior to the public disclosure of a bank holding company’s CCAR results, the Federal Reserve will provide the BHC with the results of its supervisory stress test and will offer a one-time opportunity for the BHC to reduce planned capital distributions through the submission of a revised capital plan. The Federal Reserve may object to any capital plan in which a bank holding company’s regulatory capital ratios inclusive of adjustments to planned capital distributions, if any, would not meet the minimum requirements throughout a nine-quarter period under severely adverse stress conditions. In June 2016, the Federal Reserve announced that it did not object to M&T’s revised CCAR capital plan. In the future, if the Federal Reserve objects to M&T’s CCAR capital plan or raises concerns regarding the qualitative aspects of M&T’s capital planning process through its supervisory oversight of M&T, it could impose restrictions on M&T’s ability to return capital to shareholders, which in turn could negatively impact market and investor perceptions of M&T.

In addition, Federal Reserve capital planning and stress testing rules generally limit a bank holding company’s ability to make quarterly capital distributions – that is, dividends and share repurchases – if the amount of actual cumulative quarterly capital issuances of instruments that qualify as regulatory capital are less than the BHC had indicated in its submitted capital plan as to which it received a non-objection from the Federal Reserve. Under these rules, for example, if a BHC issued a smaller amount of additional common stock than it had stated in its capital plan, it would be required to reduce common dividends and/or the amount of common stock repurchases so that the dollar amount of capital distributions, net of the dollar amount of additional common stock issued (“net distributions”), is no greater than the dollar amount of net distributions relating to its common stock included in its capital plan, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the third quarter of the nine-quarter planning horizon through the end of the then current quarter. As such, M&T’s ability to declare and pay dividends on its common stock, as well as the amount of such dividends, will depend, in part, on its ability to issue stock in accordance with its capital plan or to otherwise remain in compliance with its capital plan, which may be adversely affected by market and other factors outside of M&T’s control.

The effect of resolution plan requirements may have a material adverse impact on M&T.

Bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T, are required to report periodically to regulators a resolution plan for their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. M&T’s resolution plan must, among other things, ensure that its depository institution subsidiaries are adequately protected from risks arising from its other subsidiaries. The regulation adopted by the Federal Reserve and FDIC sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a strategic analysis of the plan’s components, a description of the range of specific actions the Company proposes to take in resolution, and a description of the Company’s organizational structure, material entities, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. To address effectively any shortcomings in the Company’s resolution plan, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC could require the Company to change its business structure or dispose of businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and ability to pay dividends on its stock or interest and principal on its debt.

 

If an orderly liquidation of a systemically important BHC or non-bank financial company were triggered, M&T could face assessments for the Orderly Liquidation Fund (“OLF”).

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new mechanism, the OLF, for liquidation of systemically important bank holding companies and non-bank financial companies. The OLF is administered by the FDIC

31

---

and is based on the FDIC’s bank resolution model. The Secretary of the U.S. Treasury may trigger a liquidation under this authority only after consultation with the President of the U.S. and after receiving a recommendation from the boards of the FDIC and the Federal Reserve upon a two-thirds vote. Liquidation proceedings will be funded by the OLF, which will borrow from the U.S. Treasury and impose risk-based assessments on covered financial companies. Risk-based assessments would be made, first, on entities that received more in the resolution than they would have received in the liquidation to the extent of such excess, and second, if necessary, on, among others, bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T. Any such assessments may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Credit Risk

Deteriorating credit quality could adversely impact the Company.

As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with the terms of the agreements, and that any collateral securing the loans may be insufficient to assure full repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans.

Factors that influence the Company’s credit loss experience include overall economic conditions affecting businesses and consumers, generally, but also residential and commercial real estate valuations, in particular, given the size of the Company’s real estate loan portfolios. Factors that can influence the Company’s credit loss experience include: (i) the impact of residential real estate values on loans to residential real estate builders and developers and other loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) the concentrations of commercial real estate loans in the Company’s loan portfolio; (iii) the amount of commercial and industrial loans to businesses in areas of New York State outside of the New York City area and in central Pennsylvania that have historically experienced less economic growth and vitality than many other regions of the country; (iv) the repayment performance associated with first and second lien loans secured by residential real estate; and (v) the size of the Company’s portfolio of loans to individual consumers, which historically have experienced higher net charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding than loans to other types of borrowers.

Commercial real estate valuations can be highly subjective as they are based upon many assumptions. Such valuations can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions, interest rates and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Similarly, residential real estate valuations can be impacted by housing trends, the availability of financing at reasonable interest rates, governmental policy regarding housing and housing finance, and general economic conditions affecting consumers.

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses which represents, in management’s judgment, the amount of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is determined by management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio based on such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the current financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. The effects of probable decreases in expected principal cash flows on loans acquired at a discount are also considered in the establishment of the allowance for credit losses.

Management believes that the allowance for credit losses appropriately reflects credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. However, there is no assurance that the allowance will be sufficient to cover such credit losses, particularly if housing and employment conditions worsen or

32

---

the economy experiences a downturn. In those cases, the Company may be required to increase the allowance through an increase in the provision for credit losses, which would reduce net income.

 

The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships.  The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity Risk

The Company must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity.

The Company must maintain adequate funding sources in the normal course of business to support its operations and fund outstanding liabilities, as well as meet regulatory expectations. The Company primarily relies on deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding for the loans it makes and the operations of its business. Core customer deposits, which include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and time deposits of $250,000 or less, have historically provided the Company with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. In addition to customer deposits, sources of liquidity include borrowings from third party banks, securities dealers, various Federal Home Loan Banks and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

The Company’s liquidity and ability to fund and run the business could be materially adversely affected by a variety of conditions and factors, including financial and credit market disruptions and volatility or a lack of market or customer confidence in financial markets in general, which may result in a loss of customer deposits or outflows of cash or collateral and/or ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. Other conditions and factors that could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and funding include a lack of market or customer confidence in, or negative news about, the Company or the financial services industry generally which also may result in a loss of deposits and/or negatively affect the ability to access the capital markets; the loss of customer deposits to alternative investments; inability to sell or securitize loans or other assets; and downgrades in one or more of the Company’s credit ratings. A downgrade in the Company’s credit ratings, which could result from general industry-wide or regulatory factors not solely related to the Company, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to borrow funds and raise the cost of borrowings substantially and could cause creditors and business counterparties to raise collateral requirements or take other actions that could adversely affect M&T’s ability to raise capital. Many of the above conditions and factors may be caused by events over which M&T has little or no control. There can be no assurance that significant disruption and volatility in the financial markets will not occur in the future.

Recent regulatory changes relating to liquidity and risk management have also impacted the Company’s results of operations and competitive position. These regulations address, among other matters, liquidity stress testing, minimum liquidity requirements and restrictions on short-term debt issued by top-tier holding companies.

33

---

If the Company is unable to continue to fund assets through customer bank deposits or access funding sources on favorable terms or if the Company suffers an increase in borrowing costs or otherwise fails to manage liquidity effectively, the Company’s liquidity, operating margins, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

M&T relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for its liquidity.

M&T is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. M&T typically receives substantially all of its revenue from subsidiary dividends. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on M&T stock and interest and principal on its debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit the amount of dividends that M&T’s banking subsidiaries and certain nonbank subsidiaries may pay. Regulatory scrutiny of capital levels at bank holding companies and insured depository institution subsidiaries has increased in recent years and has resulted in increased regulatory focus on all aspects of capital planning, including dividends and other distributions to shareholders of banks, such as parent bank holding companies. See “Item 1. Business — Dividends” for a discussion of regulatory and other restrictions on dividend declarations. Also, M&T’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors. Limitations on M&T’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and ability to pay dividends on its stock or interest and principal on its debt.

Strategic Risk

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive and creates competitive pressures that could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and profitability.

The financial services industry in which the Company operates is highly competitive. The Company competes not only with commercial and other banks and thrifts, but also with insurance companies, mutual funds, hedge funds, securities brokerage firms and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and over the Internet. Some of the Company’s non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations the Company and its subsidiaries are, and may have greater flexibility in competing for business. In particular, the activity and prominence of so-called marketplace lenders and other technological financial services companies have grown significantly in recent years and is expected to continue growing.  The Company competes on the basis of several factors, including capital, access to capital, revenue generation, products, services, transaction execution, innovation, reputation and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms. These developments could result in the Company’s competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. The Company may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of its competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices or paying higher rates of interest on deposits. Finally, technological change is influencing how individuals and firms conduct their financial affairs and changing the delivery channels for financial services, with the result that the Company may have to contend with a broader range of competitors including many that are not located within the geographic footprint of its banking office network.

34

---

Operational Risk

 

The Company is subject to operational risk which could adversely affect the Company’s business and reputation and create material legal and financial exposure.

Like all businesses, the Company is subject to operational risk, which represents the risk of loss resulting from human error, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. Operational risk also encompasses reputational risk and compliance and legal risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices or ethical standards, as well as the risk of noncompliance with contractual and other obligations. The Company is also exposed to operational risk through outsourcing arrangements, and the effect that changes in circumstances or capabilities of its outsourcing vendors can have on the Company’s ability to continue to perform operational functions necessary to its business. In addition, along with other participants in the financial services industry, the Company frequently attempts to introduce new technology-driven products and services that are aimed at allowing the Company to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services that allows it to remain competitive or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Although the Company seeks to mitigate operational risk through a system of internal controls that are reviewed and updated, no system of controls, however well designed and maintained, is infallible. Control weaknesses or failures or other operational risks could result in charges, increased operational costs, harm to the Company’s reputation or foregone business opportunities.

Changes in accounting standards could impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, which would result in the restating of the Company’s prior period financial statements.

M&T’s accounting policies and processes are critical to the reporting of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.

Accounting policies and processes are fundamental to the Company’s reported financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets or liabilities and financial results. Several of M&T’s accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make certain assumptions and estimates in preparing the Company’s financial statements. If assumptions or estimates underlying the Company’s financial statements are incorrect, the Company may experience material losses.

Management has identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuations of assets, liabilities, commitments and

35

---

contingencies. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, valuing an asset or liability, or recognizing or reducing a liability. M&T has established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure these critical accounting estimates and judgments are well controlled and applied consistently. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. Because of the uncertainty surrounding judgments and the estimates pertaining to these matters, M&T could be required to adjust accounting policies or restate prior period financial statements if those judgments and estimates prove to be incorrect. For additional information, see Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates” and Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” of Notes to Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8.

Difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities with the Company’s own operations may prevent M&T from achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions.

M&T has expanded its business through past acquisitions and may do so in the future. Inherent uncertainties exist when integrating the operations of an acquired entity. M&T may not be able to fully achieve its strategic objectives and planned operating efficiencies in an acquisition. In addition, the markets and industries in which the Company and its actual or potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. The Company may lose customers or fail to retain the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. Acquisition and integration activities require M&T to devote substantial time and resources, and as a result M&T may not be able to pursue other business opportunities while integrating acquired entities with the Company.

After completing an acquisition, the Company may not realize the expected benefits of the acquisition due to lower financial results pertaining to the acquired entity. For example, the Company could experience higher credit losses, incur higher operating expenses or realize less revenue than originally anticipated related to an acquired entity.

M&T could suffer if it fails to attract and retain skilled personnel.

M&T’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key individuals. Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that the Company serves is significant and the Company may not be able to hire candidates and retain them. Growth in the Company’s business, including through acquisitions, may increase its need for additional qualified personnel. If the Company is not able to hire or retain these key individuals, it may be unable to execute its business strategies and may suffer adverse consequences to its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The federal banking agencies have issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to help ensure that a banking organization’s incentive compensation policies do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act required those agencies, along with the SEC, to adopt rules to require reporting of incentive compensation and to prohibit certain compensation arrangements. If as a result of complying with such rules the Company is unable to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at rates necessary to maintain its competitive position, or if the compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more significant, the Company’s performance, including its competitive position, could be materially adversely affected.

36

---

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact the Company’s business.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Company to incur additional expenses. Although the Company has established disaster recovery plans and procedures, and monitors for significant environmental effects on its properties or its investments, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The Company’s information systems may experience interruptions or breaches in security.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in disruptions to its accounting, deposit, loan and other systems, and adversely affect the Company’s customer relationships. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of these possible events, there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if any does occur, that it can be sufficiently or timely remediated.

Information security risks for large financial institutions such as M&T have increased significantly in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, such as Internet and mobile banking to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties.  There have been increasing efforts on the part of third parties, including through cyber attacks, to breach data security at financial institutions or with respect to financial transactions. There have been several instances involving financial services and consumer-based companies reporting unauthorized access to and disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of corporate data, including by executive impersonation and third party vendors. There have also been several highly publicized cases where hackers have requested “ransom” payments in exchange for not disclosing customer information.

As cyber threats continue to evolve, the Company may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance its layers of defense or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and can be initiated from a variety of sources, including terrorist organizations and hostile foreign governments. These actors may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of the Company’s systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to data or the Company’s systems. These risks may increase as the use of mobile payment and other Internet-based applications expands.

The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of the Company’s systems, particularly if widespread or resulting in financial losses to customers, could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject it to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose it to civil litigation and financial liability.

The Company is or may become involved from time to time in suits, legal proceedings, information-gathering requests, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences.

Many aspects of the Company’s business involve substantial risk of legal liability. M&T and/or its subsidiaries have been named or threatened to be named as defendants in various lawsuits arising from its or its subsidiaries’ business activities (and in some cases from the activities of companies

37

---

M&T has acquired). In addition, from time to time, M&T is, or may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by bank and other regulatory agencies, the SEC and law enforcement authorities. The SEC has announced a policy of seeking admissions of liability in certain settled cases, which could adversely impact the defense of private litigation. M&T is also at risk when it has agreed to indemnify others for losses related to legal proceedings, including for litigation and governmental investigations and inquiries, such as in connection with the purchase or sale of a business or assets. The results of such proceedings could lead to significant civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, damages, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, injunctions, restrictions on the way in which the Company conducts its business, or reputational harm.

Although the Company establishes accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company does not have accruals for all legal proceedings where it faces a risk of loss. In addition, due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to the Company from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, the Company’s ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

M&T relies on other companies to provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure such as banking services, processing, and Internet connections and network access. Any disruption in such services provided by these third parties or any failure of these third parties to handle current or higher volumes of use could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to clients and otherwise to conduct business. Technological or financial difficulties of a third party service provider could adversely affect the Company’s business to the extent those difficulties result in the interruption or discontinuation of services provided by that party. The Company may not be insured against all types of losses as a result of third party failures and insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from system failures or other disruptions. Failures in the Company’s business infrastructure could interrupt the operations or increase the costs of doing business.

Detailed discussions of the specific risks outlined above and other risks facing the Company are included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part I, Item 1 “Business,” and Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Furthermore, in Part II, Item 7 under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements” is included a description of certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions identified by management that are difficult to predict and that could materially affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as the value of the Company’s financial instruments in general, and M&T common stock, in particular.

In addition, the market price of M&T common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of other factors, including changes in securities analysts’ estimates of financial performance, volatility of stock market prices and volumes, rumors or erroneous information, changes in market valuations of similar companies and changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or other regulatory agencies.

38

---

None.

Both M&T and M&T Bank maintain their executive offices at One M&T Plaza in Buffalo, New York. This twenty-one story headquarters building, containing approximately 300,000 rentable square feet of space, is owned in fee by M&T Bank and was completed in 1967. M&T, M&T Bank and their subsidiaries occupy approximately 98% of the building and the remainder is leased to non-affiliated tenants. At December 31, 2016, the cost of this property (including improvements subsequent to the initial construction), net of accumulated depreciation, was $10.2 million.

M&T Bank owns and occupies an additional facility in Buffalo, New York (known as M&T Center) with approximately 395,000 rentable square feet of space.  At December 31, 2016, the cost of this building (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $11.2 million.

M&T Bank also owns and occupies three separate facilities in the Buffalo area which support certain back-office and operations functions of the Company. The total square footage of these facilities approximates 290,000 square feet and their combined cost (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $27.6 million at December 31, 2016.

M&T Bank owns a facility in Syracuse, New York with approximately 160,000 rentable square feet of space. Approximately 46% of that facility is occupied by M&T Bank. At December 31, 2016, the cost of that building (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $1.2 million.

M&T Bank owns facilities in Wilmington, Delaware, with approximately 340,000 (known as Wilmington Center) and 295,000 (known as Wilmington Plaza) rentable square feet of space, respectively. M&T Bank occupies approximately 97% of Wilmington Center. Wilmington Plaza is 100% occupied by a tenant. At December 31, 2016, the cost of these buildings (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $41.9 million and $12.6 million, respectively.

M&T Bank also owns facilities in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and Millsboro, Delaware with approximately 220,000 and 325,000 rentable square feet of space, respectively. M&T Bank occupies approximately 29% and 89% of those facilities, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the cost of those buildings (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $10.1 million and $9.2 million, respectively.

No other properties owned by M&T Bank have more than 100,000 square feet of space. The cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, of the Company’s premises and equipment is detailed in note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Of the 801 domestic banking offices of M&T’s subsidiary banks at December 31, 2016, 316 are owned in fee and 485 are leased.

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings and other matters in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. On an on-going basis management, after consultation with legal counsel, assesses the Company’s liabilities and contingencies in connection with such proceedings. For those matters where it is

39

---

probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

Wilmington Trust Corporation Investigative and Litigation Matters

M&T’s Wilmington Trust Corporation subsidiary is the subject of certain governmental investigations arising from actions undertaken by Wilmington Trust Corporation prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation and its subsidiaries, as set forth below.

DOJ Investigation (United States v. Wilmington Trust Corp., et al, District of Delaware, Crim.   No. 15-23-RGA): Prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) commenced an investigation of Wilmington Trust Corporation, relating to Wilmington Trust Corporation’s financial reporting and securities filings, as well as certain commercial real estate lending relationships involving its subsidiary bank, Wilmington Trust Company, all of which relate to filings and activities occurring prior to the acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation by M&T. On January 6, 2016, the U.S. Attorney for the District of Delaware obtained an indictment against Wilmington Trust Corporation relating to alleged conduct that occurred prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation in May 2011. M&T strongly believes that this unprecedented action is unjustified and Wilmington Trust Corporation will vigorously defend itself.  On August 26, 2016, the Court granted defendants joint motion for a continuance of the trial date.  Trial in this matter is now scheduled to begin on October 2, 2017.  Wilmington Trust Corporation and its counsel are currently involved in pretrial discovery, motion practice and trial preparation.

The indictment of Wilmington Trust Corporation could result in potential criminal remedies, or criminal or non-criminal resolutions or settlements, including, among other things, enforcement actions, potential statutory or regulatory restrictions on the ability to conduct certain businesses (for which waivers may or may not be available), fines, penalties, restitution, reputational damage or additional costs and expenses.

In Re Wilmington Trust Securities Litigation (U.S. District Court, District of Delaware, Case No. 10-CV-0990-SLR): Beginning on November 18, 2010, a series of parties, purporting to be class representatives, commenced a putative class action lawsuit against Wilmington Trust Corporation, alleging that Wilmington Trust Corporation’s financial reporting and securities filings were in violation of securities laws. The cases were consolidated and Wilmington Trust Corporation moved to dismiss. The Court issued an order denying Wilmington Trust Corporation’s motion to dismiss on March 20, 2014. Fact discovery commenced. On April 13, 2016, the Court issued an order staying fact discovery in the case pending completion of the trial in U.S. v. Wilmington Trust Corp., et al. On September 19, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a motion to modify the stay of discovery in this matter to allow for additional, limited discovery. On December 19, 2016, the Court issued an order lifting the existing stay in its entirety, subject to appropriate protective orders to be determined by the Court.  On January 24, 2017, the Court issued an order scheduling trial for June 18, 2018 and entering certain protective orders.

Due to their complex nature, it is difficult to estimate when litigation and investigatory matters such as these may be resolved. As set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Item 3 — Legal

40

---

Proceedings, losses from current litigation and regulatory matters which the Company is subject to that are not currently considered probable are within a range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, and are included in the range of reasonably possible losses set forth above.  

Not applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information concerning M&T’s executive officers is presented below as of February 22, 2017. The year the officer was first appointed to the indicated position with M&T or its subsidiaries is shown parenthetically. In the case of each entity noted below, officers’ terms run until the first meeting of the board of directors after such entity’s annual meeting, which in the case of M&T takes place immediately following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Robert G. Wilmers, age 82, is chief executive officer (2007), chairman of the board (2000) and a director (1982) of M&T. From April 1998 until July 2000, he served as president and chief executive officer of M&T and from July 2000 until June 2005 he served as chairman, president (1988) and chief executive officer (1983). He is chief executive officer (2007), chairman of the board (2005) and a director (1982) of M&T Bank, and previously served as chairman of the board of M&T Bank from March 1983 until July 2003 and as president of M&T Bank from March 1984 until June 1996.

Mark J. Czarnecki, age 61, is president (2007), chief operating officer (2014) and a director (2007) of M&T and M&T Bank. He has responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Company. Previously, he was an executive vice president of M&T (1999) and M&T Bank (1997) and was responsible for the M&T Investment Group and the Company’s Retail Banking network. Mr. Czarnecki is chairman of the board, president and chief executive officer (2007) and a director (2005) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Robert J. Bojdak, age 61, is an executive vice president and chief credit officer (2004) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for the Company’s Credit Risk Management Division. From April 2002 to April 2004, Mr. Bojdak served as senior vice president and credit deputy for M&T Bank. He is an executive vice president and a director (2004) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Janet M. Coletti, age 53, is an executive vice president (2015) of M&T and M&T Bank, overseeing the Company’s Human Resources Division. Ms. Coletti previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank, most recently responsible for the Business Banking Division, and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 1985.

William J. Farrell II, age 59, is an executive vice president (2011) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for managing administrative and business development functions of the Company’s Wealth and Institutional Services Division, which includes Institutional Client Services and M&T Insurance Agency. Mr. Farrell joined M&T through the Wilmington Trust Corporation acquisition. He joined Wilmington Trust Corporation in 1976, and held a number of senior management positions, most recently as executive vice president and head of the Corporate Client Services business. Mr. Farrell is president, chief executive officer and a director (2012) of Wilmington Trust Company, an executive vice president and a director (2011) of Wilmington Trust, N.A. and a director (2013) of M&T Securities.

Richard S. Gold, age 56, is an executive vice president (2006) and chief risk officer (2014) of M&T. He is a vice chairman and chief risk officer (2014) of M&T Bank. Mr. Gold is responsible for

41

---

overseeing the Company’s governance and strategy for risk management, as well as relationships with key regulators and supervisory agencies. Previously, Mr. Gold had management responsibilities for the Mortgage, Consumer Lending, Retail and Business Banking Divisions. He served as a senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2000 to 2006 and has held a number of management positions since he began his career with M&T Bank in 1989.  Mr. Gold is an executive vice president (2006) and chief risk officer (2014) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Brian E. Hickey, age 64, is an executive vice president of M&T (1997) and M&T Bank (1996). He is a member of the Directors Advisory Council (1994) of the Rochester Division of M&T Bank. Mr. Hickey is responsible for co-managing with Mr. Martocci M&T Bank’s commercial banking lines of business and all of the non-retail banking segments in Upstate New York, Western New York and in the Northern, Central and Western Pennsylvania and Connecticut regions. Mr. Hickey is also responsible for the Dealer Commercial Services line of business.

René F. Jones, age 52, is an executive vice president (2006) of M&T and a vice chairman (2014) of M&T Bank. Mr. Jones has overall responsibility for the Company’s Wealth and Institutional Services Division, Treasury Division, and Mortgage and Consumer Lending Divisions. Mr. Jones is an executive vice president (2005) and a director (2007) of Wilmington Trust, N.A., and he is chairman of the board, president (2009) and a trustee (2005) of M&T Real Estate. Mr. Jones is chairman of the board and a director (2014) of Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, and is a director (2007) of M&T Insurance Agency. Mr. Jones is chairman of the board and a director (2014) of Wilmington Trust Company. Previously, Mr. Jones served as chief financial officer (2005) of M&T, M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank’s Finance Division since 1992.

Darren J. King, age 47, is an executive vice president (2010) and chief financial officer (2016) of M&T and executive vice president (2009) and chief financial officer (2016) of M&T Bank. Mr. King has responsibility for the overall financial management of the Company.  Prior to his current role, Mr. King was the Retail Banking executive with responsibility for overseeing Business Banking, Consumer Deposits, Consumer Lending and M&T Bank’s Marketing and Communications team. Mr. King previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 2000. Mr. King is an executive vice president (2009) and chief financial officer (2016) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Gino A. Martocci, age 51, is an executive vice president (2014) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for co-managing with Mr. Hickey M&T Bank’s commercial banking lines of business and all non-retail banking segments in the metropolitan New York City, New Jersey, Philadelphia, Delaware, Baltimore and Washington, D.C. markets.  He is also responsible for M&T Realty Capital. Mr. Martocci was a senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2002 to 2013, serving in a number of management positions. He is an executive vice president (2015) and a director (2009) of M&T Realty Capital, an executive vice president of M&T Real Estate, co-chairman of the Senior Loan Committee and a member of the New York City Mortgage Investment Committee. Mr. Martocci is also a member of the Directors Advisory Council of the New York City/Long Island (2013) and the New Jersey (2015) Divisions of M&T Bank.

Doris P. Meister, age 61, is an executive vice president (2016) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for overseeing the Company’s wealth management business, including Wealth Advisory Services, M&T Securities and Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors. Ms. Meister is an executive vice president and a director (2016) of Wilmington Trust, N.A. and a director (2016) of M&T Securities. Prior to joining M&T in 2016, Ms. Meister served as President of U.S. Markets for BNY Mellon Wealth Management and was a Managing Director of the New York office of Bernstein Global Wealth Management.

Kevin J. Pearson, age 55, is an executive vice president (2002) of M&T and is a vice chairman (2014) of M&T Bank. He is a member of the Directors Advisory Council (2006) of the New York

42

---

City/Long Island Division of M&T Bank. Mr. Pearson is responsible for M&T Bank’s Commercial Banking and Credit Divisions. Previously, Mr. Pearson served as senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2000 to 2002, and has held a number of management positions since he began his career with M&T Bank in 1989. He is an executive vice president (2003) and a trustee (2014) of M&T Real Estate, chairman of the board (2009) and a director (2003) of M&T Realty Capital, and an executive vice president and a director of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2014).

Michael J. Todaro, age 55, is an executive vice president (2015) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for the Mortgage, Consumer Lending and Customer Asset Management Divisions. Mr. Todaro previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank’s Mortgage Division since 1995. He is an executive vice president (2015) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Michele D. Trolli, age 55, is an executive vice president and chief information officer (2005) of M&T and M&T Bank. Ms. Trolli leads a wide range of the Company’s Technology and Banking Operations, which includes banking services, corporate services, digital and telephone banking, the enterprise data office, enterprise and cyber security, and enterprise technology.

D. Scott N. Warman, age 51, is an executive vice president (2009) and treasurer (2008) of M&T and M&T Bank. He is responsible for managing the Company’s Treasury Division. Mr. Warman previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 1995. He is an executive vice president and treasurer of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2008), a trustee of M&T Real Estate (2009), and is treasurer of Wilmington Trust Company (2012).

  

43

---

PART II

M&T’s common stock is traded under the symbol MTB on the New York Stock Exchange. See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for market prices of M&T’s common stock, approximate number of common shareholders at year-end, frequency and amounts of dividends on common stock and restrictions on the payment of dividends.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, M&T did not issue any shares of its common stock that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016 with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under M&T’s existing equity compensation plans. M&T’s existing equity compensation plans include the M&T Bank Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan, which replaced the 2001 Stock Option Plan, and the 2009 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, each of which has been previously approved by shareholders, and the M&T Bank Corporation 2008 Directors’ Stock Plan and the M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan, each of which did not require shareholder approval.

The table does not include information with respect to shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and rights assumed by M&T in connection with mergers and acquisitions of the companies that originally granted those options and rights. Footnote (1) to the table sets forth the total number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such assumed options and rights as of December 31, 2016, and their weighted-average exercise price.

 

 

Equity compensation plans adopted without the approval of shareholders are described below:

2008 Directors’ Stock Plan. M&T maintains a plan for non-employee members of the Board of Directors of M&T and the members of its Directors Advisory Council, and the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of M&T Bank and the members of its regional Directors Advisory Councils, which allows such directors, advisory directors and members of regional Directors Advisory Councils to receive all or a portion of their directorial compensation in shares of M&T common stock.

44

---

Deferred Bonus Plan. M&T maintains a deferred bonus plan which was frozen effective January 1, 2010 and did not allow any additional deferrals after that date. Prior to January 1, 2010, the plan allowed eligible officers of M&T and its subsidiaries to elect to defer all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation awards and allocate such awards to several investment options, including M&T common stock. At the time of the deferral election, participants also elected the timing of distributions from the plan. Such distributions are payable in cash, with the exception of balances allocated to M&T common stock which are distributable in the form of shares of common stock.

Performance Graph

The following graph contains a comparison of the cumulative shareholder return on M&T common stock against the cumulative total returns of the KBW Nasdaq Bank Index, compiled by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., and the S&P 500 Index, compiled by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, for the five-year period beginning on December 31, 2011 and ending on December 31, 2016. The KBW Nasdaq Bank Index is a market capitalization index consisting of 24 banking stocks representing leading large U.S. national money centers, regional banks and thrift institutions.

 

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Return*

Shareholder Value at Year End*

 

 

* Assumes a $100 investment on December 31, 2011 and reinvestment of all dividends.

In accordance with and to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the information set forth above under the heading “Performance Graph” shall not be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the

45

---

Exchange Act and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On July 19, 2016, M&T announced that it had been authorized by its Board of Directors to purchase up to $1.15 billion of shares of its common stock through June 30, 2017. A repurchase program authorized in November 2015 by M&T’s Board of Directors was completed during 2016. In total, M&T repurchased 5,607,595 common shares for $641 million during 2016.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, M&T purchased shares of its common stock as follows:

 

 

See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

Corporate Profile and Significant Developments

M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Buffalo, New York with consolidated assets of $123.4 billion at December 31, 2016. The consolidated financial information presented herein reflects M&T and all of its subsidiaries, which are referred to collectively as “the Company.” M&T’s wholly owned bank subsidiaries are M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust, N.A.”).

M&T Bank, with total assets of $122.6 billion at December 31, 2016, is a New York-chartered commercial bank with 799 domestic banking offices in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, and the District of Columbia, a full-

46

---

service commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada, and an office in the Cayman Islands. M&T Bank and its subsidiaries offer a broad range of financial services to a diverse base of consumers, businesses, professional clients, governmental entities and financial institutions located in their markets. Lending is largely focused on consumers residing in the states noted above and on small and medium size businesses based in those areas, although loans are originated through offices in other states and in Ontario, Canada. Certain lending activities are also conducted in other states through various subsidiaries. Trust and other fiduciary services are offered by M&T Bank and through its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilmington Trust Company. Other subsidiaries of M&T Bank include: M&T Real Estate Trust, a commercial mortgage lender; M&T Realty Capital Corporation, a multifamily commercial mortgage lender; M&T Securities, Inc., which provides brokerage, investment advisory and insurance services; Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, Inc., which serves as an investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds, a family of proprietary mutual funds, and other funds and institutional clients; and M&T Insurance Agency, Inc., an insurance agency.

Wilmington Trust, N.A. is a national bank with total assets of $3.7 billion at December 31, 2016. Wilmington Trust, N.A. and its subsidiaries offer various trust and wealth management services.  Wilmington Trust, N.A. also offered selected deposit and loan products on a nationwide basis, largely through telephone, Internet and direct mail marketing techniques.

On November 1, 2015, M&T completed its acquisition of Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”). Immediately following completion of the merger, Hudson City Savings Bank merged with and into M&T Bank. Pursuant to the merger agreement, M&T paid cash consideration of $2.1 billion and issued 25,953,950 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for Hudson City shares outstanding at the time of acquisition.  Assets acquired totaled approximately $36.7 billion, including $19.0 billion of loans (predominantly residential real estate loans) and $7.9 billion of investment securities. Liabilities assumed aggregated $31.5 billion, including $17.9 billion of deposits and $13.2 billion of borrowings. Immediately following the acquisition, the Company restructured its balance sheet by selling $5.8 billion of investment securities obtained in the acquisition and repaying $10.6 billion of borrowings assumed in the transaction. The common stock issued added $3.1 billion to M&T’s common shareholders’ equity. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.1 billion of goodwill and $132 million of core deposit intangible asset. The acquisition of Hudson City expanded the Company’s presence in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York.

Net acquisition and integration-related expenses (included herein as merger-related expenses) associated with the Hudson City acquisition totaled $22 million after tax-effect, or $.14 of diluted earnings per common share during 2016 and $61 million after tax-effect, or $.44 of diluted earnings per common share in 2015. There were no merger-related expenses in 2014.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Company’s significant accounting policies conform with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and are described in note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements. In applying those accounting policies, management of the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining many of the methodologies, assumptions and estimates to be utilized. Certain of the critical accounting estimates are more dependent on such judgment and in some cases may contribute to volatility in the Company’s reported financial performance should the assumptions and estimates used change over time due to changes in circumstances. Some of the more significant areas in which management of the Company applies critical assumptions and estimates include the following:

47

---

In addition to valuation, the Company must assess whether there are any declines in value below the carrying value of assets that should be considered other than temporary or otherwise require an adjustment in carrying value and recognition of a loss in the consolidated statement of income. Examples include investment securities, other investments, mortgage servicing rights, goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, among others. Specific assumptions and estimates utilized by management are discussed in detail herein in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and in notes 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 12, 18, 19 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

48

---

 

 

Overview

The Company recorded net income during 2016 of $1.32 billion or $7.78 of diluted earnings per common share, up 22% and 8%, respectively, from $1.08 billion or $7.18 of diluted earnings per common share in 2015. Basic earnings per common share also increased 8% to $7.80 in 2016 from $7.22 in 2015. Net income in 2014 totaled $1.07 billion, while diluted and basic earnings per common share were $7.42 and $7.47, respectively. The after-tax impacts of merger-related expenses associated with the 2015 acquisition of Hudson City were $22 million ($36 million pre-tax) or $.14 of diluted earnings per common share and $61 million ($97 million pre-tax) or $.44 of diluted earnings per common share in 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no merger-related expenses in 2014. Expressed as a rate of return on average assets, net income in each of 2016 and 2015 was 1.06%, compared with 1.16% in 2014. The return on average common shareholders’ equity was 8.16% in 2016, 8.32% in 2015 and 9.08% in 2014.

The Hudson City transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations acquired in such transaction have been included in the Company’s financial results for the final two months of 2015 and all twelve months of 2016. The acquired operations added to the Company’s average earning assets, net interest income and non-interest expenses.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income aggregated $3.50 billion in 2016, $2.87 billion in 2015 and $2.70 billion in 2014. Average earning assets increased $21.4 billion, or 23%, in 2016 as compared with 2015 due predominantly to higher average balances of loans and leases of $17.8 billion, principally due to the full-year impact of the Hudson City acquisition, and interest-bearing deposits at banks of $3.1 billion. Loans associated with Hudson City totaled $19.0 billion on the acquisition date, consisting of approximately $234 million of commercial real estate loans, $18.6 billion of residential real estate loans and $162 million of consumer loans. Offsetting the impact of higher earning assets was a three basis point (hundredths of one percent) narrowing of the net interest margin, or taxable-equivalent net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets, from 3.14% in 2015 to 3.11% in 2016. Lower yields on investment securities and an increase in rates on interest-bearing deposits, reflecting the impact of time deposits in the former Hudson City markets, led to that narrowing. Average earning assets grew $9.5 billion, or 12%, in 2015 as compared with 2014 due to higher balances of loans and leases of $6.2 billion and investment securities of $2.9 billion. Loans and investment securities obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City added approximately $3.1 billion and $409 million, respectively, to average earning assets in 2015. Offsetting the impact of higher earning assets was a 17 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin from 3.31% in 2014. Lower yields on investment securities and loans and leases outstanding led to that narrowing.

49

---

The provision for credit losses increased 12% to $190 million in 2016 from $170 million in 2015. The provision in 2015 was 37% higher than $124 million in 2014. As of the acquisition date, the pre-merger Hudson City allowance for credit losses was eliminated in acquisition accounting and as provided for by GAAP, a $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in 2015 for incurred credit losses in connection with the $18.3 billion of loans acquired at a premium that were not individually identifiable as impaired at the acquisition date. Net charge-offs were $157 million in 2016, compared with $134 million in 2015 and $121 million in 2014. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases were .18% in 2016 and .19% in each of 2015 and 2014.

Other income totaled $1.83 billion in each of 2016 and 2015, compared with $1.78 billion in 2014. Higher gains recognized on sales of investment securities and higher trading account and foreign exchange gains in 2016 were offset by a gain in 2015 on the sale of the Company’s trade processing business. During 2016, the Company sold all of its collateralized debt obligations with an amortized cost of $28 million held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio, resulting in a $30 million gain. Those securities, which had been obtained in previous acquisitions, were sold in response to the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” There were no significant gains or losses on investment securities during 2015 or 2014. In 2015, the Company sold its trade processing business within the retirement services division of its Institutional Client Services business and recognized a $45 million gain. The Hudson City transaction did not have a significant impact on other income. The increase in other income in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely due to higher commercial mortgage banking revenues, loan syndication fees and the gain on the sale of the trade processing business, partially offset by lower trust income associated with the divested business, decreased residential mortgage banking revenues and a decline in service charges on deposit accounts.

Other expense increased 8% to $3.05 billion in 2016 from $2.82 billion in 2015. Other expense totaled $2.69 billion in 2014. Included in those amounts are expenses considered by M&T to be “nonoperating” in nature, consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $43 million, $26 million, and $34 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $36 million and $76 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses aggregated $2.97 billion in 2016, compared with $2.72 billion in 2015 and $2.66 billion in 2014. The increase in such expenses in 2016 as compared with 2015 reflects the full-year impact of the Hudson City acquisition and higher costs for salaries and employee benefits and FDIC assessments. In addition to the impact of Hudson City, the increase in salaries and employee benefits expense was largely attributable to higher medical benefit plan expenses and annual merit increases for employees. The rise in noninterest operating expenses from 2014 to 2015 was largely due to higher costs for salaries and employee benefits and charitable contributions, partially offset by lower professional services costs. In addition to the impact of Hudson City, the increase in salaries and employee benefits was largely attributable to annual merit increases for employees and higher pension expense. Following the realized gains on sales of investment securities, the Company made cash contributions to The M&T Charitable Foundation of $30 million in 2016, while in 2015 the Company made cash contributions to that foundation of $46 million following the realization of the gain on the sale of its trade processing business.  The Company also made cash contributions of $18 million to The M&T Charitable Foundation in 2014.

The efficiency ratio measures the relationship of operating expenses to revenues. The Company’s efficiency ratio, or noninterest operating expenses (as previously defined) divided by the sum of taxable-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income (exclusive of gains and losses from bank investment securities), was 56.1% in 2016, compared with 58.0% and 59.3% in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The calculations of the efficiency ratio are presented in table 2.

50

---

On June 29, 2016, M&T announced that the Federal Reserve did not object to M&T’s revised 2016 Capital Plan. That capital plan includes the repurchase of up to $1.15 billion of common shares during the four-quarter period starting on July 1, 2016 and an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend in the first quarter of 2017 of up to $.05 per share to $.75 per share. M&T may also continue to pay dividends and interest on other equity and debt instruments included in regulatory capital, including preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt that were outstanding at December 31, 2015, consistent with the contractual terms of those instruments. Dividends are subject to declaration by M&T’s Board of Directors. Furthermore, on July 19, 2016, M&T’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $1.15 billion of shares of M&T’s common stock subject to all applicable regulatory limitations, including those set forth in M&T’s 2016 Capital Plan.

Table 1

EARNINGS SUMMARY

Dollars in millions

 

 

Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Results of Operations

As a result of business combinations and other acquisitions, the Company had intangible assets consisting of goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets totaling $4.7 billion at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and $3.6 billion at December 31, 2014. Included in such intangible assets was goodwill of $4.6 billion at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and $3.5 billion at December 31, 2014. Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets, after tax effect, totaled $26 million, $16 million and $21 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

M&T consistently provides supplemental reporting of its results on a “net operating” or “tangible” basis, from which M&T excludes the after-tax effect of amortization of core deposit and

51

---

other intangible assets (and the related goodwill, core deposit intangible and other intangible asset balances, net of applicable deferred tax amounts) and gains and expenses associated with merging acquired operations into the Company, since such items are considered by management to be “nonoperating” in nature. Those merger-related expenses generally consist of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with the actual or planned conversion of systems and/or integration of operations; costs related to branch and office consolidations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements to purchase various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance; incentive compensation costs; travel costs; and printing, supplies and other costs of completing the transactions and commencing operations in new markets and offices. Those expenses totaled $36 million ($22 million after-tax) in 2016 and $76 million ($48 million after-tax) in 2015. Also considered as a merger-related expense in 2015 was a provision for credit losses of $21 million. GAAP provides that an allowance for credit losses associated with probable incurred losses on loans acquired at a premium be recognized. Given the recognition of such losses above and beyond the impact of forecasted losses used in determining the fair value of acquired loans, the Company considered that provision to be a merger-related expense. There were no merger-related expenses in 2014. Although “net operating income” as defined by M&T is not a GAAP measure, M&T’s management believes that this information helps investors understand the effect of acquisition activity in reported results.

Net operating income was $1.36 billion in 2016, compared with $1.16 billion in 2015 and $1.09 billion in 2014. Diluted net operating earnings per common share were $8.08 in 2016, $7.74 in 2015 and $7.57 in 2014.

Net operating income expressed as a rate of return on average tangible assets was 1.14% in 2016, compared with 1.18% in 2015 and 1.23% in 2014. Net operating income represented a return on average tangible common equity of 12.25% in 2016, 13.00% in 2015 and 13.76% in 2014.

Reconciliations of GAAP amounts with corresponding non-GAAP amounts are presented in table 2.

52

---

Table 2

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

 

 

53

---

 

Net Interest Income/Lending and Funding Activities

Taxable-equivalent net interest income aggregated $3.50 billion in 2016, up 22% from $2.87 billion in 2015.   That growth was predominantly attributable to higher average earning assets in 2016, partially offset by a three basis point narrowing of the net interest margin to 3.11% in 2016 from 3.14% in 2015. The higher level of average earning assets reflected the full-year impact of assets obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City on November 1, 2015. Average earning assets rose $21.4 billion or 23% to $112.6 billion in 2016 reflecting higher average loans and leases of $17.8 billion. The narrowing of the margin reflected higher rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, including the impact of time deposits in the former Hudson City markets.

Average loans and leases increased 25% to $88.6 billion in 2016 from $70.8 billion in 2015.  The most significant factors contributing to that increase were the residential real estate loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition and growth in the commercial real estate loan and commercial loan and lease portfolios.  Reflecting average balances of loans obtained in the Hudson City transaction of $16.3 billion in 2016 and $3.1 billion in 2015, average residential real estate loans increased $13.0 billion to $24.5 billion in 2016 from $11.5 billion in the previous year.  Included in average residential real estate loans were loans held for sale of $354 million in 2016 and $415 million in 2015.  Average commercial loans and leases increased $1.5 billion or 8% to $21.4 billion in 2016 from $19.9 billion in 2015.  Commercial real estate loans averaged $30.9 billion in 2016, up 9% or $2.6 billion from $28.3 billion in 2015.  Average consumer loans rose $638 million or 6% to $11.8 billion in 2016 from $11.2 billion in the prior year, predominantly due to growth in average automobile loan balances.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased 6% to $2.87 billion in 2015 from $2.70 billion in 2014.  That improvement was the result of higher average earning assets in 2015, including $3.7 billion of average earning assets obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City.  Average earning assets rose 12% to $91.2 billion in 2015 from $81.7 billion in 2014.  That growth, however, was partially offset by a 17 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin to 3.14% in 2015 from 3.31% in 2014.  The narrowing reflected lower average yields on investment securities and loans and leases outstanding.

Average loans and leases rose $6.2 billion or 10% to $70.8 billion in 2015 from $64.7 billion in 2014, due in part to $3.1 billion of average loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. Including the impact of the acquired loan balances, average balances of residential real estate loans increased 31% or $2.7 billion to $11.5 billion in 2015 from $8.7 billion in 2014.  Included in that portfolio were loans held for sale, which averaged $415 million in 2015 and $403 million 2014.  Commercial loan and lease balances averaged $19.9 billion in 2015, $1.0 billion or 5% higher than $18.9 billion in 2014.  Average balances of commercial real estate loans increased 7% or $1.8 billion to $28.3 billion in 2015 from $26.5 billion in 2014.  Average consumer loans totaled $11.2 billion in 2015, up $584 million or 6% from $10.6 billion in 2014, reflecting growth in average balances of automobile loans.

 

 

 

54

---

55

 

 

Table 3

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT RATES

 

 

 

 

 

---

 

Table 4 summarizes average loans and leases outstanding in 2016 and percentage changes in the major components of the portfolio over the past two years.

Table 4

AVERAGE LOANS AND LEASES

(Net of unearned discount)

 

 

Commercial loans and leases, excluding loans secured by real estate, totaled $22.6 billion at December 31, 2016, representing 25% of total loans and leases. Table 5 presents information on commercial loans and leases as of December 31, 2016 relating to geographic area, size, borrower industry and whether the loans are secured by collateral or unsecured. Of the $22.6 billion of commercial loans and leases outstanding at the end of 2016, approximately $20.0 billion, or 88%, were secured, while 40%, 25% and 23% were granted to businesses in New York State, Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area (which includes Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia), respectively. The Company provides financing for leases to commercial customers, primarily for equipment. Commercial leases included in total commercial loans and leases at December 31, 2016 aggregated $1.3 billion, of which 48% were secured by collateral located in New York State, 16% were secured by collateral in Pennsylvania and another 15% were secured by collateral in the Mid-Atlantic area.

56

---

 

Table 5

COMMERCIAL LOANS AND LEASES, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

(Excludes Loans Secured by Real Estate)

December 31, 2016

 

 

International loans included in commercial loans and leases totaled $228 million and $191 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Included in such loans were $95 million and $64 million, respectively, of loans at M&T Bank’s commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada. The remaining international loans are predominantly to domestic companies with foreign operations.

Loans secured by real estate, including outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit which the Company classifies as consumer loans, represented approximately 69% of the loan

57

---

 

and lease portfolio during 2016, compared with 64% in 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2016, the Company held approximately $33.5 billion of commercial real estate loans, $22.6 billion of consumer real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties (including $414 million of loans originated for sale) and $5.6 billion of outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit, compared with $29.2 billion, $26.3 billion and $6.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2015. The decrease in the residential real estate loans reflects pay downs of loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition. Included in commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were construction loans of $8.0 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively, including amounts due from builders and developers of residential real estate aggregating $1.9 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Commercial real estate loans also included loans held for sale totaling $643 million and $39 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Commercial real estate loans originated by the Company include fixed-rate instruments with monthly payments and a balloon payment of the remaining unpaid principal at maturity, in many cases five years after origination. For borrowers in good standing, the terms of such loans may be extended by the customer for an additional five years at the then-current market rate of interest. The Company also originates fixed-rate commercial real estate loans with maturities of greater than five years, generally having original maturity terms of approximately seven to ten years, and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans. Adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans represented approximately 72% of the commercial real estate loan portfolio at the 2016 year-end. Table 6 presents commercial real estate loans by geographic area, type of collateral and size of the loans outstanding at December 31, 2016. New York City area commercial real estate loans totaled $9.4 billion at December 31, 2016. The $8.0 billion of investor-owned commercial real estate loans in the New York City area were largely secured by multifamily residential properties, retail space and office space. The Company’s experience has been that office, retail and service-related properties tend to demonstrate more volatile fluctuations in value through economic cycles and changing economic conditions than do multifamily residential properties. Approximately 33% of the aggregate dollar amount of New York City area loans were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less, while loans of more than $50 million made up approximately 17% of the total.

58

---

 

Table 6

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

December 31, 2016

 

 

59

---

 

Commercial real estate loans secured by properties located in other parts of New York State, Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area tend to have a greater diversity of collateral types and include a significant amount of lending to customers who use the mortgaged property in their trade or business (owner-occupied). Approximately 67% of the aggregate dollar amount of commercial real estate loans in New York State secured by properties located outside of the New York City area were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less. Of the outstanding balances of commercial real estate loans in Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area, approximately 61% and 48%, respectively, were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less.

Commercial real estate loans secured by properties located outside of Pennsylvania, the Mid-Atlantic area and New York State comprised 14% of total commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2016.

Commercial real estate construction and development loans made to investors presented in table 6 totaled $7.3 billion at December 31, 2016, or 8% of total loans and leases. Approximately 95% of those construction loans had adjustable interest rates. Included in such loans at the 2016 year-end were $1.9 billion of loans to builders and developers of residential real estate properties. Information about the credit performance of the Company’s loans to builders and developers of residential real estate properties is included herein under the heading “Provision For Credit Losses.” The remainder of the commercial real estate construction loan portfolio was comprised of loans made for various purposes, including the construction of office buildings, multifamily residential housing, retail space and other commercial development.

M&T Realty Capital Corporation, a commercial real estate lending subsidiary of M&T Bank, participates in the Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”) program of Fannie Mae, pursuant to which commercial real estate loans are originated in accordance with terms and conditions specified by Fannie Mae and sold. Under this program, loans are sold with partial credit recourse to M&T Realty Capital Corporation. The amount of recourse is generally limited to one-third of any credit loss incurred by the purchaser on an individual loan, although in some cases the recourse amount is less than one-third of the outstanding principal balance. The Company’s maximum credit risk for recourse associated with sold commercial real estate loans was approximately $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There have been no material losses incurred as a result of those recourse arrangements. Commercial real estate loans held for sale at December 31, 2016 and 2015 aggregated $643 million and $39 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, commercial real estate loans serviced by the Company for other investors were $11.8 billion and $11.0 billion, respectively. Those serviced loans are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. In January 2017, M&T Realty Capital Corporation purchased commercial mortgage banking servicing rights and other assets which increased commercial real estate loans serviced for others by $2.7 billion. The purchase price and assets acquired were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

Real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties were $22.6 billion at December 31, 2016, including approximately 34% secured by properties located in New York State, 7% secured by properties located in Pennsylvania, 29% secured by properties in New Jersey and 11% secured by properties located in other Mid-Atlantic areas. At December 31, 2016, $414 million of residential real estate loans had been originated for sale, compared with $353 million at December 31, 2015. The Company’s portfolio of alternative (“Alt-A”) residential real estate loans (referred to as “limited documentation loans”) held for investment decreased by $686 million to $3.6 billion at December 31, 2016 from $4.3 billion at December 31, 2015. A portfolio of limited documentation loans was acquired with the Hudson City transaction which totaled $3.3 billion and $4.0 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Alt-A loans represent loans that at origination typically included some form of limited borrower documentation requirements as compared with more traditional residential real estate loans. Hudson City loans that were eligible for limited documentation processing were available in amounts up to 65% of the lower of the appraised

60

---

 

value or purchase price of the property. Hudson City discontinued its limited documentation loan program in January 2014. Loans in the Company’s Alt-A portfolio prior to the Hudson City transaction were originated by the Company prior to 2008. Loans to individuals to finance the construction of one-to-four family residential properties totaled $21 million at December 31, 2016 and $34 million at December 31, 2015, or less than .1% of total loans and leases at each of those dates. Information about the credit performance of the Company’s residential real estate loans is included herein under the heading “Provision For Credit Losses.”

Consumer loans comprised approximately 13% of total loans and leases at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit represent the largest component of the consumer loan portfolio. Such balances represented approximately 6% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 and 7% at December 31, 2015. No other consumer loan product represented at least 4% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2016. Approximately 39% of home equity loans and lines of credit outstanding at December 31, 2016 were secured by properties in New York State, 26% in Maryland, 21% in Pennsylvania and 3% in New Jersey. Outstanding automobile loan balances rose to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2016 from $2.5 billion at December 31, 2015. That increase reflects continued consumer demand for motor vehicles.

Table 7 presents the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio at the end of 2016, including outstanding balances to businesses and consumers in New York State, Pennsylvania, the Mid-Atlantic area and other states. Approximately 39% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 were to New York State customers, while 16% and 30% were to Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area customers, respectively.

Table 7

LOANS AND LEASES, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

December 31, 2016

 

 

61

---

 

The investment securities portfolio averaged $15.0 billion in 2016, up from $14.5 billion and $11.5 billion in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The investment securities portfolio is largely comprised of residential mortgage-backed securities, debt securities issued by municipalities, trust preferred securities issued by certain financial institutions, and shorter-term U.S. Treasury and federal agency notes. When purchasing investment securities, the Company considers its liquidity position and its overall interest-rate risk profile as well as the adequacy of expected returns relative to risks assumed, including prepayments. The Company manages its investment securities portfolio, in part, to satisfy the requirements of the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) that became effective in January 2016. In September 2014, various federal banking regulators adopted final rules (“Final LCR Rule”) implementing a U.S. version of the Basel Committee’s LCR including the modified version applicable to bank holding companies, including M&T, with $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not “advanced approaches” institutions. The LCR is intended to ensure that banks hold a sufficient amount of “high quality liquid assets” to cover the anticipated net cash outflows during a hypothetical acute 30-day stress scenario. For additional information concerning the LCR rules, refer to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Liquidity.”

In managing its investment securities portfolio, the Company occasionally sells investment securities as a result of changes in interest rates and spreads, actual or anticipated prepayments, credit risk associated with a particular security, or as a result of restructuring its investment securities portfolio in connection with a business combination.  The Hudson City acquisition added approximately $7.9 billion to the investment securities portfolio on the November 1, 2015 acquisition date. As noted earlier, immediately following the acquisition, the Company restructured its balance sheet by selling $5.8 billion of those securities.  During the third and fourth quarters of 2016, the Company sold the collateralized debt obligations that had been held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio for a gain of approximately $30 million. Purchases of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities totaled $1.8 billion in 2016, $3.5 billion in 2015 and $5.2 billion in 2014. Purchases of U.S. Treasury notes totaled $1.7 billion in 2016, while purchases in 2015 or 2014 were not significant. The amounts of investment securities held by the Company are influenced by such factors as demand for loans, which generally yield more than investment securities, ongoing repayments, the levels of deposits, and management of liquidity (including the LCR) and balance sheet size and resulting capital ratios.

The Company regularly reviews its investment securities for declines in value below amortized cost that might be characterized as “other than temporary.” There were no other-than-temporary impairment charges recognized in 2016, 2015 or 2014. Based on management’s assessment of future cash flows associated with individual investment securities as of December 31, 2016, the Company concluded that declines in value below amortized cost associated with the investment securities portfolio were temporary in nature. A further discussion of fair values of investment securities is included herein under the heading “Capital.” Additional information about the investment securities portfolio is included in notes 3 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Other earning assets include interest-bearing deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and other banks, trading account assets and federal funds sold. Those other earning assets in the aggregate averaged $8.9 billion in 2016, $5.9 billion in 2015 and $5.5 billion in 2014. Interest-bearing deposits at banks averaged $8.8 billion in 2016, compared with $5.8 billion and $5.3 billion in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The higher levels of average interest-bearing deposits at banks in 2016 when compared with 2015 and 2014 resulted largely from the Company’s decision to maintain higher balances at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York rather than reinvesting in other highly liquid assets due to the interest rate environment.

The most significant source of funding for the Company is core deposits. The Company considers noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and time deposits of $250,000 or less as core deposits. The Company’s branch network is its principal source of core deposits, which generally carry lower interest rates than wholesale funds of

62

---

 

comparable maturities. Average core deposits totaled $92.2 billion in 2016, up from $74.2 billion in 2015 and $69.1 billion in 2014. The Hudson City acquisition added approximately $17.0 billion of core deposits on November 1, 2015, including $9.7 billion of time deposits, $6.6 billion of savings deposits and $691 million of noninterest-bearing deposits. The higher average core deposits in 2016 as compared with 2015 and in 2015 as compared with 2014 were predominantly reflective of the impact of the merger with Hudson City. Funding provided by core deposits represented 82% of average earning assets in 2016, compared with 81% and 85% in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Table 8 summarizes average core deposits in 2016 and percentage changes in the components of such deposits over the past two years. Core deposits totaled $93.1 billion and $89.3 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Table 8

AVERAGE CORE DEPOSITS

 

 

The Company also receives funding from other deposit sources, including branch-related time deposits over $250,000, deposits associated with the Company’s Cayman Islands office, and brokered deposits. Time deposits over $250,000, excluding brokered deposits, averaged $1.2 billion in 2016, $501 million in 2015 and $366 million in 2014. The higher level of such deposits in 2016 was due to the full-year impact of deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. Cayman Islands office deposits averaged $199 million in 2016, $216 million in 2015 and $327 million in 2014. Brokered time deposits averaged $59 million in 2016, compared with $37 million in 2015 and $4 million in 2014. The Company also had brokered savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts that averaged $1.1 billion in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. Additional amounts of Cayman Islands office deposits or brokered deposits may be added in the future depending on market conditions, including demand by customers and other investors for those deposits, and the cost of funds available from alternative sources at the time.

The Company also uses borrowings from banks, securities dealers, various Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and others as sources of funding. Short-term borrowings represent borrowing arrangements that at the time they were entered into had a contractual maturity of less than one year. Average short-term borrowings were $894 million in 2016, $548 million in 2015 and $215 million in 2014. The higher levels of such borrowings in 2016 and 2015 were predominantly due to short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of New York assumed in the Hudson City acquisition. Those short-term fixed-rate borrowings matured throughout 2016. There were no short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Banks in 2014. Also included in short-term borrowings were unsecured federal funds borrowings, which generally mature on the next business day, that averaged $151 million, $138 million and $156 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Overnight federal funds borrowings totaled $112 million at December 31, 2016 and $99 million at December 31, 2015.

63

---

 

Long-term borrowings averaged $10.3 billion in 2016, $10.2 billion in 2015 and $7.5 billion in 2014. M&T Bank has a Bank Note Program whereby M&T Bank may offer unsecured senior and subordinated notes. Only unsecured senior notes have been issued under that program, of which $5.2 billion and $5.5 billion were outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Average balances of outstanding notes issued under that program were $5.3 billion in each of 2016 and 2015, compared with $2.9 billion in 2014. During 2014, M&T Bank issued $550 million of three-year floating rate, $1.25 billion of three-year fixed rate and $1.4 billion of five-year fixed rate notes. During 2015, M&T Bank issued $1.5 billion of fixed rate notes of which $750 million mature in 2020 and $750 million mature in 2025. During 2016, a $300 million floating rate note issued in 2013 matured. There were no issuances of borrowings under the Bank Note Program in 2016. The proceeds from the issuances of borrowings under the Bank Note Program have been predominantly utilized to purchase high quality liquid assets that meet the requirements of the LCR. Also included in average long-term borrowings were amounts borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Banks of New York, Atlanta and Pittsburgh of $1.2 billion in each of 2016 and 2015 and $692 million in 2014, and subordinated capital notes of $1.5 billion in each of 2016 and 2015 and $1.6 billion in 2014. During 2014, M&T Bank borrowed approximately $1.1 billion from the FHLB of New York. Junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities that were included in average long-term borrowings were $515 million in 2016, $605 million in 2015 and $889 million in 2014. In accordance with its 2015 capital plan, on April 15, 2015 M&T redeemed the junior subordinated debentures associated with the $310 million of trust preferred securities of M&T Capital Trusts I, II and III. Those borrowings had a weighted-average interest rate of 8.24%. Additional information regarding junior subordinated debentures, as well as information regarding contractual maturities of long-term borrowings, is provided in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements. Also included in long-term borrowings were agreements to repurchase securities, which averaged $1.8 billion in 2016, $1.5 billion in 2015 and $1.4 billion during 2014.  Agreements to repurchase securities assumed in connection with the Hudson City acquisition totaled $6.9 billion at November 1, 2015. Immediately following the November 1, 2015 Hudson City acquisition date the balance sheet was restructured and $6.4 billion of the assumed repurchase agreements were repaid. During 2016, $800 million of repurchase agreements matured. The agreements held at December 31, 2016 totaled $1.1 billion and have various repurchase dates through 2020, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying securities extend beyond such repurchase dates. The Company has utilized interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain components of long-term debt. As of December 31, 2016, interest rate swap agreements were used to hedge approximately $900 million of outstanding fixed rate long-term borrowings. Further information on interest rate swap agreements is provided in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Changes in the composition of the Company’s earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as discussed herein, as well as changes in interest rates and spreads, can impact net interest income. Net interest spread, or the difference between the taxable-equivalent yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 2.93% in 2016, compared with 2.95% in 2015 and 3.12% in 2014. The yield on the Company’s earning assets declined one basis point to 3.49% in 2016 from 3.50% in 2015, while the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased one basis point to .56% in 2016 from .55% in 2015. As compared with 2015, the narrowing of the net interest spread reflects the ongoing impact of the low interest rate environment on the yields earned on investment securities, higher rates paid on interest-bearing deposits (largely associated with time deposits obtained in the Hudson City acquisition) and higher amounts of relatively low yielding balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The yield on earning assets declined 15 basis points in 2015 from 3.65% in 2014, while the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased two basis points in 2015 from .53% in 2014. The narrowing of the net interest spread in 2015 as compared with 2014 also reflected the impact of the low interest rate environment on the yields earned on investment

64

---

 

securities and loans, higher average balances of investment securities and long-term borrowings, and the higher level of deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

Net interest-free funds consist largely of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, partially offset by bank owned life insurance and non-earning assets, including goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets. Net interest-free funds averaged $36.8 billion in 2016, compared with $31.7 billion in 2015 and $28.8 billion in 2014. The increases in average net interest-free funds in 2016 and 2015 reflect higher balances of noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity. Noninterest-bearing deposits averaged $30.2 billion in 2016, $27.3 billion in 2015 and $25.7 billion in 2014. In connection with the acquisition of Hudson City, the Company added noninterest-bearing deposits of $691 million at the acquisition date. In addition to the impact of the Hudson City acquisition, growth in noninterest-bearing deposits in 2016 reflects an increase in commercial and trust customer deposits. The growth from 2014 to 2015 reflected an increase in commercial customer deposits. Shareholders’ equity averaged $16.4 billion, $13.2 billion and $12.1 billion in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The rise in shareholders’ equity from 2014 to 2016 reflected $3.1 billion of common equity issued in connection with the acquisition of Hudson City, as well as net retained earnings. Goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets averaged $4.7 billion in 2016, $3.7 billion in 2015 and $3.6 billion in 2014. Goodwill of $1.1 billion and core deposit intangible of $132 million resulted from the Hudson City acquisition. The cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance averaged $1.7 billion in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance are not included in interest income, but rather are recorded in “other revenues from operations.” The contribution of net interest-free funds to net interest margin was .18% in 2016 and .19% in each of 2015 and 2014.

Reflecting the changes to the net interest spread and the contribution of net interest-free funds as described herein, the Company’s net interest margin was 3.11% in 2016, 3.14% in 2015 and 3.31% in 2014. Future changes in market interest rates or spreads, as well as changes in the composition of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that result in reductions in spreads, could adversely impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin.

Management assesses the potential impact of future changes in interest rates and spreads by projecting net interest income under several interest rate scenarios. In managing interest rate risk, the Company has utilized interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its interest-bearing liabilities. Periodic settlement amounts arising from these agreements are reflected in the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes was $900 million and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Under the terms of those interest rate swap agreements, the Company received payments based on the outstanding notional amount at fixed rates and made payments at variable rates. Those interest rate swap agreements were designated as fair value hedges of certain fixed rate long-term borrowings. The $500 million decline in the notional amount reflects the expiration of a hedge transaction upon conversion of $500 million of fixed rate long-term borrowings to a floating rate. There were no interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges at those respective dates.

65

---

 

In a fair value hedge, the fair value of the derivative (the interest rate swap agreement) and changes in the fair value of the hedged item are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. The amounts of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations. The estimated aggregate fair value of interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges represented gains of approximately $12 million at December 31, 2016 and $44 million at December 31, 2015. The fair values of such interest rate swap agreements were substantially offset by changes in the fair values of the hedged items. The changes in the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items primarily result from the effects of changing interest rates and spreads. The Company’s credit exposure as of December 31, 2016 with respect to the estimated fair value of interest rate swap agreements used for managing interest rate risk has been substantially mitigated through master netting arrangements with trading account interest rate contracts with the same counterparty as well as counterparty postings of $5 million of collateral with the Company. Additional information about interest rate swap agreements and the items being hedged is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements. The average notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes, the related effect on net interest income and margin, and the weighted-average interest rates paid or received on those swap agreements are presented in table 9.

Table 9

INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Provision for Credit Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses that in management’s judgment appropriately reflects losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. A provision for credit losses is recorded to adjust the level of the allowance as deemed necessary by management. The provision for credit losses was $190 million in 2016, compared with $170 million in 2015 and $124 million in 2014. Net charge-offs of loans were $157 million in 2016, $134 million in 2015 and $121 million in 2014. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding were .18% in 2016, compared

66

---

 

with .19% in each of 2015 and 2014. A summary of the Company’s loan charge-offs, provision and allowance for credit losses is presented in table 10 and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Table 10

LOAN CHARGE-OFFS, PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

 

Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the acquired loans required estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. For acquired loans where fair value was less than outstanding principal as of the acquisition date and the resulting discount was due, at least in part, to credit deterioration, the excess of expected cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is recognized as interest income over the lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the nonaccretable balance and is not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The nonaccretable balance reflects estimated future credit losses and other contractually required payments that the

67

---

 

Company does not expect to collect. The Company regularly evaluates the reasonableness of its cash flow projections associated with such loans, including its estimates of lifetime principal losses. Any decreases to the expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of loan balances. Any significant increases in expected cash flows result in additional interest income to be recognized over the then-remaining lives of the loans. The carrying amount of loans acquired at a discount subsequent to 2008 and accounted for based on expected cash flows was $1.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease in such loans was largely attributable to payments received. The nonaccretable balance related to remaining principal losses associated with loans acquired at a discount as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is presented in table 11. During each of the last three years, based largely on improving economic conditions and borrower repayment performance, the Company’s estimates of cash flows expected to be generated by loans acquired at a discount and accounted for based on expected cash flows improved, resulting in increases in the accretable yield. In 2016, estimated cash flows expected to be generated by acquired loans increased by $50 million, or approximately 2%. That improvement reflected a lowering of estimated principal losses by approximately $33 million, primarily due to a $19 million decrease in expected principal losses in the commercial real estate loan portfolios, as well as interest and other recoveries. In 2015, excluding expected cash flows on the purchased impaired loans acquired from Hudson City, estimated cash flows expected to be generated increased by $77 million, or approximately 3%. That improvement reflected a lowering of estimated principal losses by approximately $58 million, primarily due to a $42 million decrease in expected principal losses in the commercial real estate loan portfolios, as well as interest and other recoveries.  Similarly, in 2014 the estimates of cash flows expected to be generated increased by approximately 2%, or $98 million.  That improvement also reflected a lowering of estimated principal losses, largely driven by a $47 million decrease in expected principal losses that was predominantly in the acquired commercial real estate loan portfolios.

Table 11

NONACCRETABLE BALANCE — PRINCIPAL

 

 

For acquired loans where the fair value exceeded the outstanding principal balance, the resulting premium is recognized as a reduction of interest income over the lives of the loans. Immediately following the acquisition date and thereafter, an allowance for credit losses is recorded for incurred losses inherent in the portfolio, consistent with the accounting for originated loans and leases. The carrying amount of Hudson City loans acquired at a premium totaled $14.2 billion and $17.8 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. In addition to the impact of estimated credit losses included in the determination of fair value of those loans at the acquisition date, a $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015 for incurred

68

---

 

losses inherent in those loans at that time. GAAP does not allow the credit loss component of the net premium associated with those loans to be bifurcated and accounted for as a nonaccreting balance as is the case with purchased impaired loans and other loans acquired at a discount. Despite the fact that the determination of aggregate fair value reflects the impact of expected credit losses, GAAP provides that incurred losses in a portfolio of loans acquired at a premium be recognized even though in a relatively homogenous portfolio of residential mortgage loans the specific loans to which the losses relate cannot be individually identified at the acquisition date.  Subsequent to the acquisition date, incurred losses associated with those loans are evaluated using methods consistent with those applied to originated loans and such losses are considered by management in evaluating the Company’s allowance for credit losses.

Nonaccrual loans aggregated $920 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $799 million at each of December 31, 2015 and 2014. As a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding, nonaccrual loans represented 1.01%, .91% and 1.20% at the end of 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in nonaccrual loans since the 2015 year-end reflected the normal migration of previously performing residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that subsequently became over 90 days past due in 2016 and, as such, were not identifiable as purchased impaired as of the acquisition date.  Those nonaccrual loans totaled $190 million at December 31, 2016. Following the acquisition accounting provisions of GAAP, Hudson City-related loans classified as nonaccrual were not significant at December 31, 2015.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (excluding loans acquired at a discount) totaled $301 million or .33% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016, compared with $317 million or .36% at December 31, 2015 and $245 million or .37% at December 31, 2014. Those amounts included loans guaranteed by government-related entities of $283 million, $276 million and $218 million at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Such guaranteed loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City aggregated $49 million and $44 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Guaranteed loans also included one-to-four family residential mortgage loans serviced by the Company that were repurchased to reduce associated servicing costs, including a requirement to advance principal and interest payments that had not been received from individual mortgagors. Despite the loans being purchased by the Company, the insurance or guarantee by the applicable government-related entity remains in force. The outstanding principal balances of the repurchased loans that are guaranteed by government-related entities totaled $224 million at December 31, 2016, $221 million at December 31, 2015 and $196 million at December 31, 2014. The remaining accruing loans past due 90 days or more not guaranteed by government-related entities were loans considered to be with creditworthy borrowers that were in the process of collection or renewal. A summary of nonperforming assets and certain past due, renegotiated and impaired loan data and credit quality ratios is presented in table 12.

69

---

 

Table 12

NONPERFORMING ASSET AND PAST DUE, RENEGOTIATED AND IMPAIRED LOAN DATA

 

 

Purchased impaired loans are loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that as of the acquisition date were specifically identified as displaying signs of credit deterioration and for which the Company did not expect to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Those loans were impaired at the date of acquisition, were recorded at estimated fair value and were generally delinquent in payments, but, in accordance with GAAP, the Company continues to accrue interest income on such loans based on the estimated expected cash flows associated with the loans. The carrying amount of such loans aggregated $578 million at December 31, 2016, or .6% of total loans. Of that amount, $512 million related to the Hudson City acquisition. Purchased impaired loans totaled $768 million at December 31, 2015, of which $658 million related to the acquisition of Hudson City.

Accruing loans acquired at a discount past due 90 days or more are loans that could not be specifically identified as impaired as of the acquisition date, but were recorded at estimated fair value as of such date. Such loans aggregated $61 million at December 31, 2016 and $68 million at December 31, 2015.

70

---

 

The Company modified the terms of select loans in an effort to assist borrowers. If the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty and a concession was granted, the Company considered such modifications as troubled debt restructurings. Loan modifications included such actions as the extension of loan maturity dates and the lowering of interest rates and monthly payments. The objective of the modifications was to increase loan repayments by customers and thereby reduce net charge-offs. In accordance with GAAP, the modified loans are included in impaired loans for purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. Information about modifications of loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings is included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Residential real estate loans modified under specified loss mitigation programs prescribed by government guarantors have not been included in renegotiated loans because the loan guarantee remains in full force and, accordingly, the Company has not granted a concession with respect to the ultimate collection of the original loan balance. Such loans totaled $171 million and $147 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Charge-offs of commercial loans and leases, net of recoveries, aggregated $29 million in 2016, $31 million in 2015 and $37 million in 2014.  Included in net charge-offs of commercial loans and leases in 2016 were $12 million of loans to a commercial maintenance services provider with operations in New Jersey and Pennsylvania, $12 million of loans to a multi-regional manufacturer of refractory brick and other castable products and recoveries of $7 million of a previously charged-off loan to an audio visual service provider.  In 2015, the Company recovered $10 million relating to a relationship with a motor vehicle-related parts wholesaler. Commercial loans and leases in nonaccrual status were $261 million at December 31, 2016, $242 million at December 31, 2015 and $177 million at December 31, 2014. The December 31, 2016 balances for the largest individual commercial loans placed in nonaccrual status during 2016 were $41 million with a provider of building facility services and other specialty services to clients located throughout the United States and $26 million with the manufacturer of refractory brick and other castable products noted above. The balances for the largest individual commercial loans placed in nonaccrual status during 2015 were $22 million with the commercial maintenance service provider noted above and $15 million with a multi-regional automobile rental agency.

Net recoveries of previously charged-off commercial real estate loans during 2016 were $2 million, compared with net charge-offs of commercial real estate loans during 2015 and 2014 of $7 million and $3 million, respectively. Reflected in those amounts were net recoveries of $4 million in 2016 and $2 million in each of 2015 and 2014 of loans to residential real estate builders and developers. Commercial real estate loans classified as nonaccrual aggregated $211 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $224 million at December 31, 2015 and $239 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease in such nonaccrual loans since December 31, 2014 was due, in part, to improving economic conditions. Nonaccrual commercial real estate loans included construction-related loans of $35 million, $45 million and $97 million at the end of 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Those nonaccrual construction loans included loans to residential builders and developers of $17 million at December 31, 2016, $28 million at December 31, 2015 and $72 million at December 31, 2014. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off loans to residential real estate builders and developers as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented in table 13.

71

---

 

Table 13

RESIDENTIAL BUILDER AND DEVELOPER LOANS, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

 

 

Residential real estate loan net charge-offs totaled $18 million in 2016, $9 million in 2015 and $13 million in 2014. Residential real estate loans in nonaccrual status at December 31, 2016 were $336 million, compared with $215 million and $258 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual in 2016 as compared with 2015 reflects the normal migration of previously performing loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that subsequently became more than 90 days delinquent in 2016.  Such nonaccrual residential real estate loans aggregated $190 million at December 31, 2016. Those loans could not be identified as purchased impaired loans at the acquisition date because the borrowers were making loan payments at the time and the loans were not recorded at a discount. Following the acquisition accounting provisions of GAAP, Hudson City-related nonaccrual residential real estate loans were not significant at December 31, 2015. The decline in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual in 2015 as compared to 2014 reflected improved repayment performance by customers. Net charge-offs of limited documentation first mortgage loans aggregated $4 million in 2016, $1 million in 2015 and $4 million in 2014. Nonaccrual limited documentation first mortgage loans were $107 million at December 31, 2016 (including $70 million obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City), compared with $62 million and $78 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Residential real estate loans past due 90 days or more and accruing interest (excluding loans acquired at a discount) totaled $281 million (including $49 million obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City) at December 31, 2016, $284 million (including $44 million obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City) at December 31, 2015 and $216 million at December 31, 2014. A substantial portion of such amounts related to guaranteed loans repurchased from government-related entities. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off residential real estate loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented in table 14.

72

---

 

Table 14

SELECTED RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE-RELATED LOAN DATA

 

 

73

---

 

Net charge-offs of consumer loans during 2016 aggregated $112 million, compared with $87 million in 2015 and $68 million in 2014. During 2016, the Company accelerated the charge off of consumer loans associated with customers who were either deceased or had filed for bankruptcy that, in accordance with GAAP, had previously been considered when determining the level of the allowance for credit losses and were charged-off following the Company’s normal charge-off procedures to the extent the loans subsequently became delinquent. Charge-offs of such loans totaled $32 million in 2016 and included $22 million of loan balances with a current payment status at the time of charge-off. The increase from 2014 to 2015 reflected a $20 million charge-off of a single personal usage loan obtained in a previous acquisition. Included in net charge-offs of consumer loans were: automobile loans of $32 million in 2016, $12 million in 2015 and $14 million in 2014; recreational vehicle loans of $24 million, $12 million and $13 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively; and home equity loans and lines of credit secured by one-to-four family residential properties of $17 million in 2016, $15 million in 2015 and $19 million in 2014. Nonaccrual consumer loans were $112 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $118 million and $125 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Included in nonaccrual consumer loans at the 2016, 2015 and 2014 year-ends were: automobile loans of $19 million, $17 million and $18 million, respectively; recreational vehicle loans of $7 million, $9 million and $11 million, respectively; and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit of $82 million, $84 million and $89 million, respectively. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off home equity loans and lines of credit as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented in table 14.

Information about past due and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is also included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Real estate and other foreclosed assets totaled $139 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $195 million at December 31, 2015 and $64 million at December 31, 2014. The higher levels of real estate and other foreclosed assets in 2016 and 2015 as compared with 2014 reflect residential real estate properties associated with the Hudson City acquisition, which aggregated $84 million and $126 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Gains or losses resulting from sales of real estate and other foreclosed assets were not material in 2016, 2015 or 2014. At December 31, 2016, the Company’s holding of residential real estate-related properties comprised approximately 93% of foreclosed assets.

Management determined the allowance for credit losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, including such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. Management evaluated the impact of changes in interest rates and overall economic conditions on the ability of borrowers to meet repayment obligations when quantifying the Company’s exposure to credit losses and the allowance for such losses as of each reporting date. Factors also considered by management when performing its assessment, in addition to general economic conditions and the other factors described above, included, but were not limited to: (i) the impact of residential real estate values on the Company’s portfolio of loans to residential real estate builders and developers and other loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) the concentrations of commercial real estate loans in the Company’s loan portfolio; (iii) the amount of commercial and industrial loans to businesses in areas of New York State outside of the New York City metropolitan area and in central Pennsylvania that have historically experienced less economic growth and vitality than the vast majority of other regions of the country; (iv) the expected repayment performance associated with the Company’s first and second lien loans secured by residential real estate, including loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that were not classified as purchased impaired; and (v) the size of the Company’s portfolio of loans to individual consumers, which historically have experienced higher net charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding than other loan types. The level of the allowance is adjusted based on the results of management’s analysis.

74

---

 

Management cautiously and conservatively evaluated the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2016 in light of: (i) residential real estate values and the level of delinquencies of loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) economic conditions in the markets served by the Company; (iii) slower growth in private sector employment in upstate New York and central Pennsylvania than in other regions served by the Company and nationally; (iv) the significant subjectivity involved in commercial real estate valuations; and (v) the amount of loan growth experienced by the Company. While there has been general improvement in economic conditions, concerns continue to exist about the strength and sustainability of such improvements; the volatile nature of global commodity and export markets, including the impact international economic conditions could have on the U.S. economy; Federal Reserve positioning of monetary policy; and continued stagnant population growth in the upstate New York and central Pennsylvania regions (approximately 55% of the Company’s loans and leases are to customers in New York State and Pennsylvania).

The Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. Criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans totaled $2.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2015. Largely reflecting loans to manufacturers and vehicle dealers, increases in criticized loan balances since December 31, 2015 included approximately $66 million of commercial real estate loans and $231 million of commercial loans. Approximately 98% of loan balances added to the criticized category during 2016 were less than 90 days past due and 97% had a current payment status. Given payment performance, amount of supporting collateral, and, in certain instances, the existence of loan guarantees, the Company still expects to collect the full outstanding principal balance on most of these loans.

Loan officers in different geographic locations with the support of the Company’s credit department personnel are responsible to continuously review and reassign loan grades to pass and criticized loans based on their detailed knowledge of individual borrowers and their judgment of the impact on such borrowers resulting from changing conditions in their respective regions. At least annually, updated financial information is obtained from commercial borrowers associated with pass grade loans and additional analysis is performed. On a quarterly basis, the Company’s centralized credit department reviews all criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans greater than $1 million to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade, including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or nonaccruing. For criticized nonaccrual loans, additional meetings are held with loan officers and their managers, workout specialists and senior management to discuss each of the relationships. In analyzing criticized loans, borrower-specific information is reviewed, including operating results, future cash flows, recent developments and the borrower’s outlook, and other pertinent data. The timing and extent of potential losses, considering collateral valuation and other factors, and the Company’s potential courses of action are reviewed. To the extent that these loans are collateral-dependent, they are evaluated based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral as estimated at or near the financial statement date. As the quality of a loan deteriorates to the point of classifying the loan as “criticized,” the process of obtaining updated collateral valuation information is usually initiated, unless it is not considered warranted given factors such as the relative size of the loan, the characteristics of the collateral or the age of the last valuation. In those cases where current appraisals may not yet be available, prior appraisals are

75

---

 

utilized with adjustments, as deemed necessary, for estimates of subsequent declines in value as determined by line of business and/or loan workout personnel in the respective geographic regions. Those adjustments are reviewed and assessed for reasonableness by the Company’s credit department. Accordingly, for real estate collateral securing larger commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, estimated collateral values are based on current appraisals and estimates of value. For non-real estate loans, collateral is assigned a discounted estimated liquidation value and, depending on the nature of the collateral, is verified through field exams or other procedures. In assessing collateral, real estate and non-real estate values are reduced by an estimate of selling costs. With regard to residential real estate loans, the Company’s loss identification and estimation techniques make reference to loan performance and house price data in specific areas of the country where collateral securing the Company’s residential real estate loans is located. For residential real estate-related loans, including home equity loans and lines of credit, the excess of the loan balance over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 150 days delinquent. That charge-off is based on recent indications of value from external parties that are generally obtained shortly after a loan becomes nonaccrual. Loans to consumers that file for bankruptcy are generally charged off to estimated net collateral value shortly after the Company is notified of such filings.  At December 31, 2016, approximately 55% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consisted of first lien loans and lines of credit. Of the remaining junior lien loans in the portfolio, approximately 70% (or approximately 32% of the aggregate home equity portfolio) consisted of junior lien loans that were behind a first lien mortgage loan that was not owned or serviced by the Company. To the extent known by the Company, if a senior lien loan would be on nonaccrual status because of payment delinquency, even if such senior lien loan was not owned by the Company, the junior lien loan or line that is owned by the Company is placed on nonaccrual status. At December 31, 2016, the balance of junior lien loans and lines that were in nonaccrual status solely as a result of first lien loan performance was $12 million, compared with $22 million at December 31, 2015. In monitoring the credit quality of its home equity portfolio for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company reviews delinquency and nonaccrual information and considers recent charge-off experience. When evaluating individual home equity loans and lines of credit for charge off, if the Company does not know the amount of the remaining first lien mortgage loan (typically because the Company does not own or service the first lien loan), the Company assumes that the first lien mortgage loan has had no principal amortization since the origination of the junior lien loan. Similarly, data used in estimating incurred losses for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses also assumes no reductions in outstanding principal of first lien loans since the origination of the junior lien loan. Home equity line of credit terms vary but such lines are generally originated with an open draw period of ten years followed by an amortization period of up to twenty years. At December 31, 2016, approximately 84% of all outstanding balances of home equity lines of credit related to lines that were still in the draw period, the weighted-average remaining draw periods were approximately five years, and approximately 19% were making contractually allowed payments that do not include any repayment of principal.

Factors that influence the Company’s credit loss experience include overall economic conditions affecting businesses and consumers, generally, but also residential and commercial real estate valuations, in particular, given the size of the Company’s real estate loan portfolios. Commercial real estate valuations can be highly subjective, as they are based upon many assumptions. Such valuations can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions, interest rates, and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Similarly, residential real estate valuations can be impacted by housing trends, the availability of financing at reasonable interest rates, and general economic conditions affecting consumers.

76

---

 

In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases. In quantifying incurred losses, the Company considers the factors and uses the techniques described herein and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company segments its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amount of specific loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios is determined through a loan-by-loan analysis of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans in nonaccrual status. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values or other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. Losses associated with residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s credit department. These forecasts give consideration to overall borrower repayment performance and current geographic region changes in collateral values using third party published historical price indices or automated valuation methodologies. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a junior lien position. Approximately 45% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consists of junior lien loans and lines of credit. Except for consumer loans and residential real estate loans that are considered smaller balance homogeneous loans and are evaluated collectively and loans obtained at a discount in acquisition transactions, the Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more and has been placed in nonaccrual status. Those impaired loans are evaluated for specific loss components. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Loans less than 90 days delinquent are deemed to have a minimal delay in payment and are generally not considered to be impaired. Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the acquired loans required estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. For loans acquired at a discount, the impact of estimated future credit losses represents the predominant difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected. Subsequent decreases to those expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of acquired loan balances.

The inherent base level loss components of the Company’s allowance for credit losses are generally determined by applying loss factors to specific loan balances based on loan type and management’s classification of such loans under the Company’s loan grading system. The Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. As previously described, loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s Credit Policy. Internal loan grades are also extensively monitored by the Company’s credit department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan balances utilized in the inherent base level loss component computations exclude loans and leases for which specific allocations are maintained. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each group of loans and leases. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, financial condition, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in

77

---

 

portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. In determining the allowance for credit losses, management also gives consideration to such factors as customer, industry and geographic concentrations, as well as national and local economic conditions, including: (i) the comparatively poorer economic conditions and unfavorable business climate in many market regions served by the Company, including upstate New York and central Pennsylvania, that result in such regions generally experiencing significantly poorer economic growth and vitality as compared with much of the rest of the country; (ii) portfolio concentrations regarding loan type, collateral type and geographic location, in particular the large concentrations of commercial real estate loans secured by properties in the New York City area and other areas of New York State; and (iii) risk associated with the Company’s portfolio of consumer loans, in particular automobile loans, which generally have higher rates of loss than other types of collateralized loans.

The inherent base level loss components related to residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally determined by applying loss factors to portfolio balances after consideration of payment performance and recent loss experience and trends, which are mainly driven by current collateral values in the market place as well as the amount of loan defaults. Loss rates for loans secured by residential real estate, including home equity loans and lines of credit, are determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors as previously described.

In evaluating collateral, the Company relies on internally and externally prepared valuations. Residential real estate valuations are usually based on sales of comparable properties in the respective location. Commercial real estate valuations also refer to sales of comparable properties but oftentimes are based on calculations that utilize many assumptions and, as a result, can be highly subjective. Specifically, commercial real estate values can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions and interest rates, and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Additionally, management is aware that there is oftentimes a delay in the recognition of credit quality changes in loans and, as a result, in changes to assigned loan grades due to time delays in the manifestation and reporting of underlying events that impact credit quality. Accordingly, loss estimates derived from the inherent base level loss component computation are adjusted for current national and local economic conditions and trends. The Federal Reserve stated in December 2016 that the U.S. economic recovery had continued and activity is expected to expand at a moderate pace, with further improvement in labor market conditions. Economic indicators in the most significant market regions served by the Company also showed improvement in 2016. For example, in 2016, average private sector employment in areas served by the Company was 1.7% above year-ago levels, but trailed the 2.0% U.S. average growth rate. Private sector employment increased 0.4% in upstate New York, 1.0% in areas of Pennsylvania served by the Company, 1.7% in New Jersey, 2.1% in Maryland, 2.6% in Greater Washington D.C. and 3.0% in the State of Delaware. In New York City, private sector employment increased by 2.4% in 2016. Nevertheless, the U.S. economy remains susceptible to slow global economic growth, a strong U.S. dollar and its impact on trade, and international market turbulence.

The specific loss components and the inherent base level loss components together comprise the total base level or “allocated” allowance for credit losses. Such allocated portion of the allowance represents management’s assessment of losses existing in specific larger balance loans that are reviewed in detail by management and pools of other loans that are not individually analyzed. In addition, the Company has always provided an inherent unallocated portion of the allowance that is intended to recognize probable losses that are not otherwise identifiable. The inherent unallocated allowance includes management’s subjective determination of amounts necessary for such things as

78

---

 

the possible use of imprecise estimates in determining the allocated portion of the allowance and other risks associated with the Company’s loan portfolio which may not be specifically allocable.

A comparative allocation of the allowance for credit losses for each of the past five year-ends is presented in table 15. Amounts were allocated to specific loan categories based on information available to management at the time of each year-end assessment and using the methodology described herein. Variations in the allocation of the allowance by loan category as a percentage of those loans reflect changes in management’s estimate of specific loss components and inherent base level loss components, including the impact of delinquencies and nonaccrual loans. As described in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements, loans considered impaired aggregated $761 million and $781 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans totaled $83 million at December 31, 2016 and $90 million at December 31, 2015. The unallocated portion of the allowance for credit losses was equal to .09% of gross loans outstanding at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Considering the inherent imprecision in the many estimates used in the determination of the allocated portion of the allowance, management deliberately remained cautious and conservative in establishing the overall allowance for credit losses. Given the Company’s high concentration of real estate loans and considering the other factors already discussed herein, management considers the allocated and unallocated portions of the allowance for credit losses to be prudent and reasonable. Furthermore, the Company’s allowance is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan or lease category. Additional information about the allowance for credit losses is included in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Table 15

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES TO LOAN CATEGORIES

 

 

Management believes that the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2016 appropriately reflected credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of that date. The allowance for credit losses was $989 million or 1.09% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016, compared with $956 million or 1.09% at December 31, 2015 and $920 million or 1.38% at December 31, 2014. The ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases at each respective year-end reflects the impact of loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that have been recorded at estimated fair value. As noted earlier, GAAP prohibits any carry-over of an allowance for credit losses for acquired loans recorded at fair value. However, for loans acquired at a premium, GAAP provides that an allowance

79

---

 

for credit losses be recognized for incurred losses inherent in the portfolio. The decline in the ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as compared with December 31, 2014 reflects the impact of loans (predominantly residential real estate loans) obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio using the methodology and considering the factors as described herein. Should the various credit factors considered by management in establishing the allowance for credit losses change and should management’s assessment of losses inherent in the loan portfolios also change, the level of the allowance as a percentage of loans could increase or decrease in future periods. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans at the end of 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 107%, 120% and 115%, respectively. Given the Company’s general position as a secured lender and its practice of charging-off loan balances when collection is deemed doubtful, that ratio and changes in that ratio are generally not an indicative measure of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for credit losses, nor does management rely upon that ratio in assessing the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for credit losses. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio as of each respective date.

In establishing the allowance for credit losses, management follows the methodology described herein, including taking a conservative view of borrowers’ abilities to repay loans. The establishment of the allowance is extremely subjective and requires management to make many judgments about borrower, industry, regional and national economic health and performance. In order to present examples of the possible impact on the allowance from certain changes in credit quality factors, the Company assumed the following scenarios for possible deterioration of credit quality:

The scenario analyses resulted in an additional $83 million that could be identifiable under the assumptions for credit deterioration, whereas under the assumptions for credit improvement a $27 million reduction could occur. These examples are only a few of numerous reasonably possible scenarios that could be utilized in assessing the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses based on changes in assumptions and other factors.

The Company had no concentrations of credit extended to any specific industry that exceeded 10% of total loans at December 31, 2016, however residential real estate loans comprised approximately 25% of the loan portfolio. Outstanding loans to foreign borrowers aggregated $292 million at December 31, 2016, or .3% of total loans and leases.

 

 

80

---

 

Other Income

Other income totaled $1.83 billion in each of 2016 and 2015, compared with $1.78 billion in 2014. The impact of gains recognized on sales of collateralized debt obligations and from higher trading account and foreign exchange gains in 2016 were offset by the impact of a $45 million gain recognized in 2015 on the sale of the Company’s trade processing business within the retirement services division. The Hudson City transaction did not have a significant impact on other income in 2015 or 2016. The increase in other income from 2014 to 2015 included higher commercial mortgage banking revenues and the aforementioned gain from the sale of the trade processing business that was largely offset by lower trust income associated with that divested business.

Mortgage banking revenues aggregated $374 million in 2016, $376 million in 2015 and $363 million in 2014. Mortgage banking revenues are comprised of both residential and commercial mortgage banking activities. The Company’s involvement in commercial mortgage banking activities includes the origination, sales and servicing of loans under the multifamily loan programs of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

Residential mortgage banking revenues, consisting of realized gains from sales of residential real estate loans and loan servicing rights, unrealized gains and losses on residential real estate loans held for sale and related commitments, residential real estate loan servicing fees, and other residential real estate loan-related fees and income, were $255 million in 2016, $281 million in 2015 and $287 million in 2014. The decline in residential mortgage banking revenues from 2014 to 2015 and from 2015 to 2016 predominantly reflects a decrease in revenues associated with servicing residential real estate loans for others.

New commitments to originate residential real estate loans to be sold declined 11% to approximately $3.1 billion in 2016, from $3.5 billion in 2015. Such commitments aggregated $3.2 billion in 2014. Realized gains from sales of residential real estate loans and loan servicing rights and recognized net unrealized gains or losses attributable to residential real estate loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans aggregated to a gain of $71 million in 2016, compared with gains of $74 million in 2015 and $75 million in 2014.

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges varies based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. Residential mortgage banking revenues during 2016 and 2014 were each reduced by approximately $4 million, compared with $5 million in 2015, related to the actual or anticipated settlement of repurchase obligations.

Loans held for sale that were secured by residential real estate aggregated $414 million and $353 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Commitments to sell residential real estate loans and commitments to originate residential real estate loans for sale at pre-determined rates totaled $777 million and $479 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016, $687 million and $489 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and $717 million and $432 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. Net recognized unrealized gains on residential real estate loans held for sale, commitments to sell loans and commitments to originate loans for sale were $15 million at December 31, 2016, $16 million at December 31, 2015 and $19 million at December 31, 2014. Changes in such net unrealized gains are recorded in mortgage banking revenues and resulted in net decreases in revenue of $3 million and $1 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The aggregate impact of changes in net unrealized gains was less than $1 million in 2016.

Revenues from servicing residential real estate loans for others were $183 million in 2016, $206 million in 2015 and $212 million in 2014. Residential real estate loans serviced for others aggregated

81

---

 

$53.2 billion at December 31, 2016, $61.7 billion a year earlier and $67.2 billion at December 31, 2014 and included certain small-balance commercial real estate loans. Reflected in residential real estate loans serviced for others were loans sub-serviced for others of $30.4 billion, $37.8 billion and $42.1 billion at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Revenues earned for sub-servicing loans totaled $98 million in 2016, compared with $116 million in each of 2015 and 2014. The contractual servicing rights associated with loans sub-serviced by the Company were predominantly held by affiliates of Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”). Information about the Company’s relationship with BLG and its affiliates is included in note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements. Capitalized servicing rights consist largely of servicing associated with loans sold by the Company. Capitalized residential mortgage servicing assets totaled $117 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $118 million and $111 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Additional information about the Company’s capitalized residential mortgage servicing assets, including information about the calculation of estimated fair value, is presented in note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Commercial mortgage banking revenues totaled $119 million in 2016, $95 million in 2015 and $76 million in 2014. Included in such amounts were revenues from loan origination and sales activities of $76 million in 2016, $53 million in 2015 and $41 million in 2014. The rise in such revenues from 2015 to 2016 was due to higher origination volumes. Commercial real estate loans originated for sale to other investors totaled approximately $2.9 billion in 2016, compared with $2.0 billion in 2015 and $1.5 billion in 2014. Loan servicing revenues aggregated $43 million in 2016, $42 million in 2015 and $35 million in 2014. Capitalized commercial mortgage servicing assets were $104 million at December 31, 2016, $84 million at December 31, 2015 and $73 million at December 31, 2014. Commercial real estate loans serviced for other investors totaled $11.8 billion at December 31, 2016, $11.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and $11.3 billion at December 31, 2014, and included $2.8 billion, $2.5 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, of loan balances for which investors had recourse to the Company if such balances are ultimately uncollectible. Commitments to sell commercial real estate loans and commitments to originate commercial real estate loans for sale aggregated $713 million and $70 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016, $96 million and $58 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and $520 million and $212 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. Commercial real estate loans held for sale were $643 million, $39 million and $308 million at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The higher balances at December 31, 2016 and 2014 reflect loans originated later in the year that had not yet been delivered to investors.

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $419 million in 2016, compared with $421 million in 2015 and $428 million in 2014. The lower levels of fees since 2014 resulted from declines in consumer service charges, particularly overdraft fees.

Trust income includes fees related to two significant businesses. The Institutional Client Services (“ICS”) business provides a variety of trustee, agency, investment management and administrative services for corporations and institutions, investment bankers, corporate tax, finance and legal executives, and other institutional clients who: (i) use capital markets financing structures; (ii) use independent trustees to hold retirement plan and other assets; and (iii) need investment and cash management services. The Wealth Advisory Services (“WAS”) business helps high net worth clients grow their wealth, protect it, and transfer it to their heirs. A comprehensive array of wealth management services are offered, including asset management, fiduciary services and family office services. Trust income totaled to $472 million in 2016, compared with $471 million in 2015 and $508 million in 2014. Revenues associated with the ICS business were approximately $230 million in 2016, $220 million in 2015 and $244 million in 2014. The increase in ICS revenue in 2016 when compared to the prior year was the result of stronger sales activities and higher fees earned from money-market funds, partially offset by lower retirement services revenues. The decline in ICS

82

---

 

revenue in 2016 and 2015 as compared with 2014 reflects the April 2015 divestiture of the trade processing business within the retirement services division. Revenues related to that business reflected in trust income (in the ICS business) during 2015 and 2014 were approximately $9 million and $34 million, respectively. After considering related expenses, including the portion of those revenues paid to sub-advisors, net income attributable to the sold business during those years was not material to the consolidated results of operations of the Company. The sale resulted in an after-tax gain in 2015 of $23 million ($45 million pre-tax) that was recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the consolidated statement of income. Revenues attributable to WAS totaled approximately $212 million, $218 million and $224 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Total trust assets, which include assets under management and assets under administration, were $210.6 billion at December 31, 2016, compared with $199.2 billion at December 31, 2015. Trust assets under management aggregated $70.7 billion and $66.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Additional trust income from investment management activities were $30 million, $33 million and $40 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. That income largely relates to fees earned from retail customer investment accounts and from an affiliated investment manager. Assets managed by that affiliated manager totaled $7.3 billion and $7.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company’s trust income from that affiliate was not material during 2016 or 2015. The Company’s proprietary mutual funds held assets of $10.9 billion and $12.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Brokerage services income, which includes revenues from the sale of mutual funds and annuities and securities brokerage fees, aggregated $63 million in 2016, $65 million in 2015 and $67 million in 2014. Trading account and foreign exchange activity resulted in gains of $41 million in 2016, $31 million in 2015 and $30 million in 2014. The higher level of such gains in 2016 as compared with 2015 resulted largely from higher activity related to interest rate swap transactions executed on behalf of commercial customers and higher gains associated with foreign exchange activities. As compared with 2014, higher activity in 2015 related to interest rate swap transactions executed on behalf of commercial customers was largely offset by decreased market values of trading account assets held in connection with deferred compensation arrangements and lower gains associated with foreign exchange activities. The Company enters into interest rate and foreign exchange contracts with customers who need such services and concomitantly enters into offsetting trading positions with third parties to minimize the risks involved with these types of transactions. Information about the notional amount of interest rate, foreign exchange and other contracts entered into by the Company for trading account purposes is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements and herein under the heading “Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity.”

The Company realized net gains from sales of investment securities of $30 million in 2016. There were no significant gains or losses on investment securities in 2015 or 2014. During 2016, the Company sold all of its collateralized debt obligations that had been held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio and that had been obtained through the acquisition of other banks. In total, securities with an amortized cost of $28 million were sold. Divestiture of the majority of those securities would have been required prior to July 21, 2017 in accordance with the provisions of the Volcker Rule. There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses in 2016, 2015 or 2014. Each reporting period the Company reviews its investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment. For equity securities, the Company considers various factors to determine if the decline in value is other than temporary, including the duration and extent of the decline in value, the factors contributing to the decline in fair value, including the financial condition of the issuer as well as the conditions of the industry in which it operates, and the prospects for a recovery in fair value of the equity security. For debt securities, the Company analyzes the creditworthiness of the issuer or reviews the credit performance of the underlying collateral supporting the bond. For debt securities backed by pools of loans, such as privately issued mortgage-backed securities, the Company

83

---

 

estimates the cash flows of the underlying loan collateral using forward-looking assumptions for default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds. Estimated collateral cash flows are then utilized to estimate bond-specific cash flows to determine the ultimate collectibility of the bond. If the present value of the cash flows indicates that the Company should not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of a bond or if the Company intends to sell the bond or it more likely than not will be required to sell the bond before recovery of its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized. If an other-than-temporary impairment loss is deemed to have occurred, the investment security’s cost basis is adjusted, as appropriate for the circumstances. Additional information about other-than-temporary impairment considerations is included herein under the heading “Capital.”

Other revenues from operations aggregated $426 million in 2016, compared with $463 million in 2015 and $383 million in 2014. The decline in other revenues from operations in 2016 as compared to 2015 was largely due to the $45 million gain from the sale of the trade processing business in 2015 and lower letter of credit and credit-related fees (largely loan syndication fees), partially offset by higher merchant discount and credit card fees. The increase in 2015 as compared with 2014 reflected that $45 million gain from the sale of the trade processing business, $15 million of gains from the sale of equipment previously leased to commercial customers and higher loan syndication fees.

Included in other revenues from operations were the following significant components. Letter of credit and other credit-related fees totaled $120 million, $134 million and $129 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease from 2015 to 2016 was largely due to a decline in loan syndication fees. Revenues from merchant discount and credit card fees were $111 million in 2016, $105 million in 2015 and $96 million in 2014. The continued trend of higher revenues since 2014 was largely attributable to increased transaction volumes related to merchant activity and usage of the Company’s credit card products. Tax-exempt income earned from bank owned life insurance, which includes increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies and benefits received, aggregated $54 million in 2016, compared with $53 million in 2015 and $50 million in 2014. Insurance-related sales commissions and other revenues totaled $43 million in 2016, compared with $38 million in 2015 and $42 million in 2014. Automated teller machine usage fees aggregated $14 million in each of 2016 and 2015 and $15 million in 2014. Gains from sales of equipment previously leased to commercial customers were $8 million in 2016, $17 million in 2015 and $2 million in 2014.

M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG recognized using the equity method of accounting was $11 million in 2016, compared with $14 million and $17 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Those amounts are reflected in “other revenues from operations.” The operating losses of BLG in the respective years reflect provisions for losses associated with securitized loans and other loans held by BLG and loan servicing and other administrative costs. However, as a result of past securitization activities, BLG is entitled to cash flows from mortgage assets that it owns or that are owned by its affiliates and is also entitled to receive distributions from affiliates that provide asset management and other services. Accordingly, the Company believes that BLG is capable of realizing positive cash flows that could be available for distribution to its owners, including M&T, despite a lack of positive GAAP-earnings from its core mortgage activities. Information about the Company’s relationship with BLG and its affiliates is included in note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

 

Other Expense

Other expense aggregated $3.05 billion in 2016, compared to $2.82 billion in 2015 and $2.69 billion in 2014. Included in those amounts are expenses considered to be “nonoperating” in nature consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $43 million, $26 million and $34 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $36 million and $76

84

---

 

million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no merger-related expenses during 2014. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses aggregated $2.97 billion in 2016, $2.72 billion in 2015 and $2.66 billion in 2014. The most significant factors contributing to the increase from 2015 to 2016 were costs associated with the operations obtained in the Hudson City acquisition, higher salaries and employee benefits expenses and increased FDIC assessments. The rise in such expenses in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely attributable to costs associated with the operations obtained in the Hudson City acquisition, higher costs for salaries and employee benefits and increased contributions to The M&T Charitable Foundation, partially offset by lower professional services costs.

In 2016, salaries and employee benefits expense aggregated $1.62 billion, compared with $1.55 billion and $1.40 billion in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The higher level of expenses in 2016 reflects the full-year impact of the additional employees formerly associated with Hudson City as well as annual merit increases and incentive compensation costs. There were $51 million of merger-related expenses included in salaries and employee benefits expense in 2015 predominantly related to severance for former Hudson City employees. Excluding that $51 million, the higher expense level in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely attributable to the impact of annual merit increases, higher pension and incentive compensation costs, and the impact of the additional employees formerly associated with Hudson City. Stock-based compensation totaled $65 million in each of 2016 and 2014 and $67 million in 2015. Reflecting employees associated with the operations obtained from Hudson City, the number of full-time equivalent employees were 16,593 and 16,979 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, compared with 15,312 at December 31, 2014.

The Company provides pension and other postretirement benefits (including a retirement savings plan) for its employees. Expenses related to such benefits totaled $94 million in 2016, $100 million in 2015 and $63 million in 2014. The Company sponsors both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. Pension benefit expense for those plans was $52 million in 2016, $63 million in 2015 and $28 million in 2014. Included in those amounts are $25 million in 2016, $23 million in 2015 and $22 million in 2014 for a defined contribution pension plan that the Company began on January 1, 2006. The decrease in pension and other postretirement benefits expense in 2016 as compared to 2015 reflects a $15 million decrease in amortization of actuarial losses accumulated in the defined benefit pension plans.  The increase in pension and other postretirement benefits expense in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely reflective of a $31 million increase in such amortization. No contributions were required or made to the qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2016, 2015, or 2014. The determination of pension expense and the recognition of net pension assets and liabilities for defined benefit pension plans requires management to make various assumptions that can significantly impact the actuarial calculations related thereto. Those assumptions include the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the rate of increase in future compensation levels and the discount rate. Changes in any of those assumptions will impact the Company’s pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return assumption is determined by taking into consideration asset allocations, historical returns on the types of assets held and current economic factors. Returns on invested assets are periodically compared with target market indices for each asset type to aid management in evaluating such returns. The discount rate used by the Company to determine the present value of the Company’s future benefit obligations reflects specific market yields for a hypothetical portfolio of highly rated corporate bonds that would produce cash flows similar to the Company’s benefit plan obligations and the level of market interest rates in general as of the year-end. Other factors used to estimate the projected benefit obligations include actuarial assumptions for turnover rate, retirement age and disability rate. Those other factors do not tend to change significantly over time. The Company reviews its pension plan assumptions annually to ensure that such assumptions are reasonable and adjusts those assumptions, as necessary, to reflect changes in future expectations. The Company utilizes actuaries and others to aid in that assessment.

85

---

 

The Company’s 2016 pension expense for its defined benefit plans was determined using the following assumptions: a long-term rate of return on assets of 6.50%; a rate of future compensation increase of 4.37%; and a discount rate of 4.25%. To demonstrate the sensitivity of pension expense to changes in the Company’s pension plan assumptions, 25 basis point increases in: the rate of return on plan assets would have resulted in a decrease in pension expense of $4 million; the rate of increase in compensation would have resulted in an increase in pension expense of $500,000; and the discount rate would have resulted in a decrease in pension expense of $6 million. Decreases of 25 basis points in those assumptions would have resulted in similar changes in amount, but in the opposite direction from the changes presented in the preceding sentence. The accounting guidance for defined benefit pension plans reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets, and has the effect of reducing expense volatility related to short-term changes in interest rates and market valuations. Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments, in addition to various gains and losses resulting from changes in assumptions and investment returns which are different from that which was assumed. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had cumulative unrecognized actuarial losses of approximately $461 million that could result in an increase in the Company’s future pension expense depending on several factors, including whether such losses at each measurement date exceed ten percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. In accordance with GAAP, net unrecognized gains or losses that exceed that threshold are required to be amortized over the expected service period of active employees, and are included as a component of net pension cost. Amortization of those net unrealized losses had the effect of increasing the Company’s pension expense by approximately $30 million in 2016, $45 million in 2015 and $14 million in 2014. The decrease in the cumulative unrecognized actuarial losses from $494 million at December 31, 2015 reflects the aforementioned amortization of unrealized losses in 2016.

GAAP requires an employer to recognize in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit cost, are to be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2016, the combined benefit obligations of the Company’s defined benefit postretirement plans exceeded the fair value of the assets of such plans by approximately $475 million. Of that amount, $270 million was related to non-qualified pension and other postretirement benefit plans that are generally not funded until benefits are paid. In the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan, the projected benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of assets by approximately $205 million as of December 31, 2016 and $218 million as of December 31, 2015. Higher asset balances at December 31, 2016 contributed to that change in funded status. The Company was required to have a net pension and postretirement benefit liability for the pension and other postretirement benefit plans that was equal to $475 million at December 31, 2016. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2016 the Company recorded an additional postretirement benefit adjustment of $450 million. After applicable tax effect, that adjustment reduced accumulated other comprehensive income (and thereby shareholders’ equity) by $273 million. The result of this was a year-over-year decrease of $40 million to the additional minimum postretirement benefit liability from $490 million recorded at December 31, 2015. After applicable tax effect, the $40 million decrease in the additional required liability adjustment increased other comprehensive income in 2016 by $24 million from the prior year-end amount of $297 million. In determining the benefit obligation for defined benefit postretirement plans the Company used a discount rate of 4.00% at December 31, 2016 and 4.25% at December 31, 2015. A 25 basis point decrease in the

86

---

 

assumed discount rate as of December 31, 2016 to 3.75% would have resulted in increases in the combined benefit obligations of all defined benefit postretirement plans (including pension and other plans) of $76 million (pre-tax impact). A 25 basis point increase in the assumed discount rate to 4.25% would have decreased the combined benefit obligations of all defined benefit postretirement plans by $72 million (pre-tax impact). Information about the Company’s pension plans, including significant assumptions utilized in completing actuarial calculations for the plans, is included in note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company also provides a retirement savings plan (“RSP”) that is a defined contribution plan in which eligible employees of the Company may defer up to 50% of qualified compensation via contributions to the plan. The Company makes an employer matching contribution in an amount equal to 75% of an employee’s contribution, up to 4.5% of the employee’s qualified compensation. RSP expense totaled $37 million in 2016, $34 million in 2015 and $32 million in 2014.

Expenses associated with the defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and the RSP aggregated $89 million in 2016, $97 million in 2015 and $60 million in 2014. Expenses associated with providing medical and other postretirement benefits were $5 million in 2016, $3 million in 2015 and $2 million 2014.

Excluding the nonoperating expense items already noted, nonpersonnel operating expenses were $1.35 billion in 2016, compared with $1.22 billion in 2015 and $1.25 billion in 2014. The increase in nonpersonnel operating expenses in 2016 as compared with 2015 was largely due to costs associated with the operations obtained in the Hudson City acquisition and higher expenses for FDIC assessments, advertising and marketing, partially offset by lower charitable contributions. The decrease in nonpersonnel operating expenses in 2015 from 2014 was predominantly attributable to lower expenses for professional services and litigation-related costs, offset, in part, by higher charitable contributions of $28 million. Professional services costs related to BSA/AML activities, compliance, capital planning and stress testing, risk management and other operational initiatives were elevated throughout 2014. Litigation-related charges in 2014 were associated with pre-acquisition activities of M&T’s Wilmington Trust entities.

 

 

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes was $743 million in 2016, $595 million in 2015 and $576 million in 2014. The effective tax rates were 36.1% in 2016, 35.5% in 2015 and 35.1% in 2014. The increase in the effective rate in 2016 from 2015 reflects the impact of generally recurring tax credits and other tax-exempt income being a smaller percentage of 2016’s higher income before income taxes. Income tax expense in 2015 reflected two largely offsetting items. The Company attributed $11 million of non-deductible goodwill to the basis of the trade processing business sold in April 2015, which reduced the recorded gain, but did not result in an income tax benefit. During the fourth quarter of 2015, the provision for income taxes was reduced by $5 million to reflect technology research credits related to 2011 through 2014 that were accepted by the Internal Revenue Service in December 2015. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company resolved with tax authorities previously uncertain tax positions associated with pre-acquisition activities of M&T’s Wilmington Trust entities, resulting in a reduction of the provision for income taxes of $8 million. Excluding that reduction of income tax expense, the effective tax rate for 2014 would have been 35.6%. The effective tax rate is affected by the level of income earned that is exempt from tax relative to the overall level of pre-tax income, the level of income allocated to the various state and local jurisdictions where the Company operates, because tax rates differ among such jurisdictions, and the impact of any large but infrequently occurring items.

87

---

 

The Company’s effective tax rate in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions within which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company’s interpretations by any of various tax authorities that may examine tax returns filed by M&T or any of its subsidiaries. Information about amounts accrued for uncertain tax positions and a reconciliation of income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income is provided in note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements.

International Activities

Assets and revenues associated with international activities represent less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets and revenues. International assets included $292 million and $265 million of loans to foreign borrowers at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Deposits in the Company’s office in the Cayman Islands aggregated $202 million at December 31, 2016 and $170 million at December 31, 2015. The Company uses such deposits to facilitate customer demand and as an alternative to short-term borrowings when the costs of such deposits seem reasonable. Loans and deposits at M&T Bank’s commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada as of December 31, 2016 totaled $133 million and $50  million, respectively, compared with $95 million and $35 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. The Company also offers trust-related services in Europe. Revenues from providing such services during 2016, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $25 million, $26 million and $31 million, respectively.

 

 

Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity

As a financial intermediary, the Company is exposed to various risks, including liquidity and market risk. Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future obligations, including demands for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs, and other corporate purposes. Liquidity risk arises whenever the maturities of financial instruments included in assets and liabilities differ.

The most significant source of funding for the Company is core deposits, which are generated from a large base of consumer, corporate and institutional customers. That customer base has, over the past several years, become more geographically diverse as a result of acquisitions and expansion of the Company’s businesses. Nevertheless, the Company faces competition in offering products and services from a large array of financial market participants, including banks, thrifts, mutual funds, securities dealers and others. Core deposits financed 83% of the Company’s earning assets at each of December 31, 2016 and 2014, compared with 81% at December 31, 2015.

The Company supplements funding provided through core deposits with various short-term and long-term wholesale borrowings, including federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, brokered deposits, Cayman Islands office deposits and longer-term borrowings. At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had short-term and long-term credit facilities with the FHLBs aggregating $22.5 billion. Outstanding borrowings under FHLB credit facilities totaled $1.2 billion and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Such borrowings were secured by loans and investment securities. As a result of the Hudson City acquisition, the Company assumed $2.0 billion of short-term borrowings from the FHLB of New York. Such borrowings had fixed rates of interest and matured on various dates in 2016. M&T Bank had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York that totaled approximately $11.2 billion at December 31, 2016. The amount of that line is dependent upon the balances of loans and securities pledged as collateral. There were no borrowings outstanding under such line of credit at December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015. M&T Bank has a Bank Note Program whereby M&T

88

---

 

Bank may offer unsecured senior and subordinated notes. Only unsecured senior notes have been issued under that program. Those outstanding notes totaled $5.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2015. The proceeds of the issuances of borrowings under the Bank Note Program have been predominantly utilized to purchase high-quality liquid assets that meet the requirements of the LCR.

From time to time, the Company has issued subordinated capital notes and junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities to provide liquidity and enhance regulatory capital ratios. However, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities have been phased-out of the definition of Tier 1 capital. Effective January 1, 2015, 75% of such securities were excluded from the Company’s Tier 1 capital, and beginning January 1, 2016 all were excluded. The amounts excluded from Tier 1 capital are still includable in total capital. In accordance with its 2015 capital plan, in April 2015 M&T redeemed the junior subordinated debentures associated with the $310 million of trust preferred securities of M&T Capital Trusts I, II and III. Information about the Company’s borrowings is included in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company has informal and sometimes reciprocal sources of funding available through various arrangements for unsecured short-term borrowings from a wide group of banks and other financial institutions. Short-term federal funds borrowings totaled $112 million and $99 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In general, those borrowings were unsecured and matured on the next business day. In addition to satisfying customer demand, Cayman Islands office deposits may be used by the Company as an alternative to short-term borrowings. Cayman Islands office deposits totaled $202 million and $170 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company has also benefited from the placement of brokered deposits. The Company has brokered savings and interest-bearing checking deposit accounts which aggregated $1.2 billion at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Brokered time deposits were not a significant source of funding as of those dates.

The Company’s ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could be negatively impacted should the Company experience a substantial deterioration in its financial condition or its debt ratings, or should the availability of short-term funding become restricted due to a disruption in the financial markets. The Company attempts to quantify such credit-event risk by modeling scenarios that estimate the liquidity impact resulting from a short-term ratings downgrade over various grading levels. Such impact is estimated by attempting to measure the effect on available unsecured lines of credit, available capacity from secured borrowing sources and securitizable assets. Information about the credit ratings of M&T and M&T Bank is presented in table 16. Additional information regarding the terms and maturities of all of the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings is provided in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements. In addition to deposits and borrowings, other sources of liquidity include maturities of investment securities and other earning assets, repayments of loans and investment securities, and cash generated from operations, such as fees collected for services.

89

---

 

Table 16

DEBT RATINGS

 

 

Certain customers of the Company obtain financing through the issuance of variable rate demand bonds (“VRDBs”). The VRDBs are generally enhanced by letters of credit provided by M&T Bank. M&T Bank oftentimes acts as remarketing agent for the VRDBs and, at its discretion, may from time-to-time own some of the VRDBs while such instruments are remarketed. When this occurs, the VRDBs are classified as trading account assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Nevertheless, M&T Bank is not contractually obligated to purchase the VRDBs. The value of VRDBs in the Company’s trading account totaled $30 million at December 31, 2016 (all of which were remarketed in January 2017) and less than $1 million at December 31, 2015. The total amount of VRDBs outstanding backed by M&T Bank letters of credit was $1.3 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. M&T Bank also serves as remarketing agent for most of those bonds.

Table 17

MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF SELECTED LOANS(a)

 

 

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business that require future cash payments. The contractual amounts and timing of those payments as of December 31, 2016 are summarized in table 18. Off-balance sheet commitments to customers may impact liquidity, including commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, commercial letters of credit, financial guarantees and indemnification contracts, and commitments to sell real estate loans. Because many of these commitments or contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows. Further discussion of these commitments is provided

90

---

 

in note 21 of Notes to Financial Statements. Table 18 summarizes the Company’s other commitments as of December 31, 2016 and the timing of the expiration of such commitments.

Table 18

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

 

 

M&T’s primary source of funds to pay for operating expenses, shareholder dividends and treasury stock repurchases has historically been the receipt of dividends from its banking subsidiaries, which are subject to various regulatory limitations. Dividends from any banking subsidiary to M&T are limited by the amount of earnings of the banking subsidiary in the current year and the two preceding years. For purposes of that test, at December 31, 2016 approximately $627 million was available for payment of dividends to M&T from banking subsidiaries. Information regarding the long-term debt obligations of M&T is included in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements.

91

---

 

Table 19

MATURITY AND TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT YIELD OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

 

92

---

 

Table 20

MATURITY OF DOMESTIC CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT AND TIME DEPOSITS

WITH BALANCES OF $100,000 OR MORE

 

 

Management closely monitors the Company’s liquidity position on an ongoing basis for compliance with internal policies and believes that available sources of liquidity are adequate to meet funding needs anticipated in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate engaging in any activities, either currently or in the long-term, for which adequate funding would not be available and would therefore result in a significant strain on liquidity at either M&T or its subsidiary banks. Banking regulators have enacted the LCR rules requiring a banking company to maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets to withstand a standardized supervisory liquidity stress scenario. The effective date for those rules for the Company was January 1, 2016, subject to a phase-in period. The Company has taken steps as noted herein to enhance its liquidity and is in compliance with the phase-in requirements of the rules.

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in the market prices and/or interest rates of the Company’s financial instruments. The primary market risk the Company is exposed to is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arises from the Company’s core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking, because assets and liabilities reprice at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. As a result, net interest income earned by the Company is subject to the effects of changing interest rates. The Company measures interest rate risk by calculating the variability of net interest income in future periods under various interest rate scenarios using projected balances for earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk. Management’s philosophy toward interest rate risk management is to limit the variability of net interest income. The balances of financial instruments used in the projections are based on expected growth from forecasted business opportunities, anticipated prepayments of loans and investment securities, and expected maturities of investment securities, loans and deposits. Management uses a “value of equity” model to supplement the modeling technique described above. Those supplemental analyses are based on discounted cash flows associated with on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such analyses are modeled to reflect changes in interest rates and provide management with a long-term interest rate risk metric. The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to help manage exposure to interest rate risk. At December 31, 2016, the aggregate notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes was $900 million. Information about interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes is included herein under the heading “Net Interest Income/Lending and Funding Activities” and in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company’s Asset-Liability Committee, which includes members of senior management, monitors the sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to changes in interest rates with the aid of a computer model that forecasts net interest income under different interest rate scenarios. In

93

---

 

modeling changing interest rates, the Company considers different yield curve shapes that consider both parallel (that is, simultaneous changes in interest rates at each point on the yield curve) and non-parallel (that is, allowing interest rates at points on the yield curve to vary by different amounts) shifts in the yield curve. In utilizing the model, projections of net interest income calculated under the varying interest rate scenarios are compared to a base interest rate scenario that is reflective of current interest rates. The model considers the impact of ongoing lending and deposit-gathering activities, as well as interrelationships in the magnitude and timing of the repricing of financial instruments, including the effect of changing interest rates on expected prepayments and maturities. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk through the use of on- or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

Table 21 displays as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 the estimated impact on net interest income from non-trading financial instruments in the base scenario described above resulting from parallel changes in interest rates across repricing categories during the first modeling year.

Table 21

SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

 

The Company utilized many assumptions to calculate the impact that changes in interest rates may have on net interest income. The more significant of those assumptions included the rate of prepayments of mortgage-related assets, cash flows from derivative and other financial instruments held for non-trading purposes, loan and deposit volumes and pricing, and deposit maturities. In the scenarios presented, the Company also assumed gradual increases in interest rates during a twelve-month period of 100 and 200 basis points, as compared with the assumed base scenario, as well as a gradual decrease of 50 basis points. In the declining rate scenario, the rate changes may be limited to lesser amounts such that interest rates remain positive on all points of the yield curve. In 2016, the Company suspended the -100 basis point scenario due to the persistent low level of interest rates. This scenario will be reinstated if and when interest rates rise sufficiently to make the analysis more meaningful. The assumptions used in interest rate sensitivity modeling are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the Company cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of changes in interest rates and changes in market conditions and interest rate differentials (spreads) between maturity/repricing categories, as well as any actions, such as those previously described, which management may take to counter such changes.

Table 22 presents cumulative totals of net assets (liabilities) repricing on a contractual basis within the specified time frames, as adjusted for the impact of interest rate swap agreements entered

94

---

 

into for interest rate risk management purposes. Management believes that this measure does not appropriately depict interest rate risk since changes in interest rates do not necessarily affect all categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities equally nor, as assumed in the table, on the contractual maturity or repricing date. Furthermore, this static presentation of interest rate risk fails to consider the effect of ongoing lending and deposit gathering activities, projected changes in balance sheet composition or any subsequent interest rate risk management activities the Company is likely to implement.

Table 22

CONTRACTUAL REPRICING DATA

 

 

Changes in fair value of the Company’s financial instruments can also result from a lack of trading activity for similar instruments in the financial markets. That impact is most notable on the values assigned to some of the Company’s investment securities. Information about the fair valuation of investment securities is presented herein under the heading “Capital” and in notes 3 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company engages in limited trading account activities to meet the financial needs of customers and to fund the Company’s obligations under certain deferred compensation plans. Financial instruments utilized in trading account activities consist predominantly of interest rate contracts, such as swap agreements, and forward and futures contracts related to foreign currencies. The Company generally mitigates the foreign currency and interest rate risk associated with trading account activities by entering into offsetting trading positions that are also included in the trading account. The fair values of the offsetting trading account positions associated with interest rate

95

---

 

contracts and foreign currency and other option and futures contracts are presented in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements. The amounts of gross and net trading account positions, as well as the type of trading account activities conducted by the Company, are subject to a well-defined series of potential loss exposure limits established by management and approved by M&T’s Board of Directors. However, as with any non-government guaranteed financial instrument, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to the Company’s trading account activities.

The notional amounts of interest rate contracts entered into for trading account purposes totaled $21.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and $18.4 billion at December 31, 2015. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading account purposes were $471 million and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Although the notional amounts of these contracts are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet, the fair values of all financial instruments used for trading account activities are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair values of all trading account assets and liabilities were $324 million and $174 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and $274 million and $161 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Included in trading account assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $22 million and $24 million, respectively, of assets related to deferred compensation plans. Changes in the fair value of such assets are recorded as “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income. Included in “other liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $26 million and $28 million, respectively, of liabilities related to deferred compensation plans. Changes in the balances of such liabilities due to the valuation of allocated investment options to which the liabilities are indexed are recorded in “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income. Also included in trading account assets were investments in mutual funds and other assets that the Company was required to hold under terms of certain non-qualified supplemental retirement and other benefit plans that were assumed by the Company in various acquisitions. Those assets totaled $24 million and $33 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Given the Company’s policies, limits and positions, management believes that the potential loss exposure to the Company resulting from market risk associated with trading account activities was not material, however, as previously noted, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to transactions related to the Company’s trading account activities. Additional information about the Company’s use of derivative financial instruments in its trading account activities is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

 

Capital

Shareholders’ equity was $16.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and represented 13.35% of total assets, compared with $16.2 billion or 13.17% at December 31, 2015 and $12.3 billion or 12.76% at December 31, 2014.

Included in shareholders’ equity was preferred stock with financial statement carrying values of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015.  On October 28, 2016, M&T issued 50,000 shares of Series F Perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $10,000 per share.  Through October 31, 2026 holders of the Series F preferred stock are entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by M&T’s Board of Directors, non-cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 5.125%, payable semi-annually in arrears.  Subsequent to November 1, 2026 holders will be entitled to receive quarterly cash dividends at an annual rate of three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 352 basis points.  The Series F preferred stock may be redeemed at M&T’s option, in whole or in part, on any dividend payment date on or after November 1, 2026 or, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event whereby the full liquidation value of the shares no longer qualifies as Tier 1 capital.  On December 15, 2016, M&T redeemed 50,000 shares of the

96

---

 

Series D Fixed Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $10,000 per share, having received the approval of the Federal Reserve to redeem such shares after issuing the Series F preferred stock.  On February 11, 2014, M&T issued 350,000 shares of Series E Perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Dividends, if and when declared, are paid semi-annually at a rate of 6.45% through February 14, 2024 and thereafter will be paid quarterly at a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 361 basis points. The shares are redeemable in whole or in part on or after February 15, 2024. Notwithstanding M&T’s option to redeem the shares, if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence. Further information concerning M&T’s preferred stock can be found in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Common shareholders’ equity was $15.3 billion, or $97.64 per share, at December 31, 2016, compared with $14.9 billion, or $93.60 per share, at December 31, 2015 and $11.1 billion, or $83.88 per share, at December 31, 2014. In conjunction with the acquisition of Hudson City, M&T issued 25,953,950 common shares, which added $3.1 billion to common shareholders’ equity on November 1, 2015. Tangible equity per common share, which excludes goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets and applicable deferred tax balances, was $67.85 at December 31, 2016, compared with $64.28 and $57.06 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets was 8.92% at December 31, 2016, compared with 8.69% and 8.11% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Reconciliations of total common shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity and total assets and tangible assets as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are presented in table 2. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the ratio of average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 13.21%, 13.00% and 13.13%, respectively. The ratio of average common shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 12.16%, 11.79% and 11.83% in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Shareholders’ equity reflects accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, which includes the net after-tax impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available for sale, unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge has been recognized, gains or losses associated with interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges, foreign currency translation adjustments and adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. Net unrealized losses on investment securities reflected in shareholders’ equity, net of applicable tax effect, were $16 million, or $.10 per common share, at December 31, 2016, compared with net unrealized gains of $48 million, or $.30 per common share, at December 31, 2015 and $127 million, or $.96 per common share, at December 31, 2014. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on investment securities are predominantly reflective of the impact of changes in interest rates on the values of such securities. Information about unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is included in note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Reflected in net unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 were pre-tax effect unrealized gains of $135 million on available-for-sale investment securities with an amortized cost of $4.5 billion and pre-tax effect unrealized losses of $141 million on securities with an amortized cost of $8.8 billion. The pre-tax effect unrealized losses reflect $17 million of losses on trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions having an amortized cost of $102 million and an estimated fair value of $85 million (generally considered Level 2 valuations). Further information concerning the Company’s valuations of available-for-sale investment securities is provided in note 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2016, based on a review of each of the securities in the investment securities portfolio, the Company concluded that the declines in the values of any securities containing an unrealized loss were temporary and that any additional other-than-temporary

97

---

 

impairment charges were not appropriate. During 2016, the Company sold all of its collateralized debt obligations held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio for a pre-tax gain of $30 million.  Those securities had been obtained through the acquisition of other banks.  Divestiture of the majority of the securities would have been required prior to July 21, 2017 in accordance with the Volcker Rule.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its impaired securities, that is, where fair value is less than the cost basis of the security. The Company intends to continue to closely monitor the performance of its securities because changes in their underlying credit performance or other events could cause the cost basis of those securities to become other-than-temporarily impaired. However, because the unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities have generally already been reflected in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity, any recognition of an other-than-temporary decline in value of those investment securities would not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition. Any other-than-temporary impairment charge related to held-to-maturity securities would result in reductions in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity. Additional information concerning fair value measurements and the Company’s approach to the classification of such measurements is included in note 20 of the Notes to Financial Statements. For additional information concerning the Volcker Rule, refer to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Volcker Rule.”

The Company assessed impairment losses on privately issued mortgage-backed securities in the held-to-maturity portfolio by performing internal modeling to estimate bond-specific cash flows considering recent performance of the mortgage loan collateral and utilizing assumptions about future defaults and loss severity. These bond-specific cash flows also reflect the placement of the bond in the overall securitization structure and the remaining subordination levels. In total, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had in its held-to-maturity portfolio privately issued mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost basis of $158 million and $181 million, respectively, and a fair value of $121 million and $142 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, 85% of the mortgage-backed securities were in the most senior tranche of the securitization structure with 25% being independently rated as investment grade. The mortgage-backed securities are generally collateralized by residential and small-balance commercial real estate loans originated between 2004 and 2008 and had a weighted-average credit enhancement of 16% at December 31, 2016, calculated by dividing the remaining unpaid principal balance of bonds subordinate to the bonds owned by the Company plus any overcollateralization remaining in the securitization structure by the remaining unpaid principal balance of all bonds in the securitization structure. All mortgage-backed securities in the held-to-maturity portfolio had a current payment status as of December 31, 2016. The weighted-average default percentage and loss severity assumptions utilized in the Company’s internal modeling were 30% and 79%, respectively. The Company has concluded that as of December 31, 2016, those privately issued mortgage-backed securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired. Nevertheless, it is possible that adverse changes in the future performance of mortgage loan collateral underlying such securities could impact the Company’s conclusions.

Adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans, net of applicable tax effect, reduced accumulated other comprehensive income by $273 million, or $1.75 per common share, at December 31, 2016, $297 million, or $1.86 per common share, at December 31, 2015 and $306 million, or $2.31 per common share, at December 31, 2014. Information about the funded status of the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans is included in note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

On June 29, 2016, M&T announced that the Federal Reserve did not object to M&T’s revised 2016 Capital Plan.  That plan includes the repurchase of up to $1.15 billion of common shares during the four-quarter period starting on July 1, 2016 and an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend in the first quarter of 2017 of up to $.05 per share to $.75 per share.  M&T may also

98

---

 

continue to pay dividends and interest on other equity and debt instruments included in regulatory capital, including preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt that were outstanding at December 31, 2015, consistent with the contractual terms of those instruments. Dividends are subject to declaration by M&T’s Board of Directors. Furthermore, on July 19, 2016, M&T’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $1.15 billion of shares of M&T’s common stock subject to all applicable regulatory limitations, including those set forth in M&T’s 2016 Capital Plan.  During 2016, in accordance with the 2016 and 2015 Capital Plans, M&T repurchased 5,607,595 common shares for $641 million. The remaining amount of authorized common share repurchases pursuant to the 2016 Capital Plan at December 31, 2016 totaled $763 million, of which $538 million should be repurchased in the first quarter of 2017 and $225 million in the second quarter. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock in 2015 or 2014.

Cash dividends declared on M&T’s common stock totaled $442 million in 2016, compared with $375 million and $371 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Dividends per common share totaled $2.80 in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. Dividends of $81 million in each of 2016 and 2015 and $76 million in 2014 were declared on preferred stock in accordance with the terms of each series. No dividends were declared in 2016 on the Series F preferred stock issued in October 2016.

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the federal banking agencies. Pursuant to those regulations, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

In addition, capital regulations provide for the phase-in of a “capital conservation buffer” composed entirely of CET1 on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios.  When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%.  For 2016, the phase-in transition portion of that buffer was .625%. The regulatory capital amounts and ratios of M&T and its bank subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 are presented in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements. A detailed discussion of the regulatory capital rules is included in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Capital Requirements.”

The Company is also subject to the comprehensive regulatory framework applicable to bank and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries, which includes regular examinations by a number of federal regulators. Regulation of financial institutions such as M&T and its subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and the banking and financial system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders, investors or creditors other than insured depositors. Changes in laws, regulations and regulatory policies applicable to the Company’s operations can increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive environment in which the Company operates, all of which could have a material effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and in M&T’s ability to pay dividends. For additional information concerning this comprehensive regulatory framework, refer to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

99

---

 

On June 17, 2013, M&T and M&T Bank entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Under the terms of the agreement, M&T and M&T Bank were required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York a revised compliance risk management program designed to ensure compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money-laundering laws and regulations (“BSA/AML”) and to take certain other steps to enhance their compliance practices. M&T and M&T Bank have since made substantial progress in implementing a BSA/AML program with significantly expanded scale and scope, as recognized by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in its Order approving M&T and M&T Bank’s applications to acquire Hudson City and Hudson City Savings Bank. M&T and M&T Bank are continuing to work towards the resolution of all outstanding issues in the written agreement.

Fourth Quarter Results

Net income during the fourth quarter of 2016 was $331 million, up 22% from $271 million in the year-earlier quarter.  The final 2015 quarter reflected the impact of merger-related expenses associated with the acquisition of Hudson City. There were no merger-related expenses in the fourth quarter of 2016. Diluted and basic earnings per common share were each $1.98 in the final quarter of 2016, compared with diluted and basic earnings per common share of $1.65 in the year-earlier quarter.  The annualized rates of return on average assets and average common shareholders’ equity for the fourth quarter of 2016 were 1.05% and 8.13%, respectively, compared with .93% and 7.22%, respectively, in the similar quarter of 2015.

Net operating income totaled $336 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared with $338 million in the year-earlier quarter. Diluted net operating earnings per common share were $2.01 and $2.09 in the fourth quarters of 2016 and 2015, respectively. The annualized net operating returns on average tangible assets and average tangible common equity in the final quarter of 2016 were 1.10% and 11.93%, respectively, compared with 1.21% and 13.26%, respectively, in the corresponding 2015 quarter. Reconciliations of GAAP results with non-GAAP results for the quarterly periods of 2016 and 2015 are provided in table 24.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis aggregated $883 million in the last quarter of 2016, 9% above $813 million recorded in the year-earlier period. That improvement was attributable to a 10% increase in average earning assets, which grew to $114.3 billion in the recent quarter from $103.6 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. The growth in earning assets was largely the result of higher average loans, which rose to $90.0 billion in the fourth quarter of 2016, up $8.9 billion, or 11%, from $81.1 billion in the year-earlier quarter. Partially offsetting the favorable impact of the asset growth was a four basis point narrowing of the net interest margin to 3.08% in the recent quarter from 3.12% in 2015’s fourth quarter. Average commercial loan and lease balances were $21.9 billion in the recent quarter, up $1.7 billion or 8% from $20.2 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. Commercial real estate loans averaged $32.8 billion in the fourth quarter of 2016, up $3.8 billion or 13% from $29.0 billion in the year-earlier quarter. The growth in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans reflects higher loan demand by customers. Included in the commercial real estate loan portfolio were average balances of loans held for sale of $524 million in the final 2016 quarter, compared with $145 million in the year-earlier period. Average residential real estate loans outstanding increased $2.7 billion to $23.1 billion in the recent quarter from $20.4 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015, reflecting the full-quarter impact of loans acquired in the Hudson City acquisition, net of loan repayments during 2016. Included in the residential real estate loan portfolio were average balances of loans held for sale of $410 million in the recent quarter, compared with $368 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Consumer loans averaged $12.1 billion in the recent quarter, up $576 million, or 5%, from $11.5 billion in the final 2015 quarter. That increase was primarily due to higher average balances of automobile and recreational vehicle loans. Total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 rose $1.2 billion to $90.9

100

---

 

billion from $89.6 billion at September 30, 2016. That growth was predominantly attributable to an increase in outstanding commercial real estate loans. The net interest spread narrowed in the fourth quarter of 2016 to 2.88%, down six basis points from 2.94% in the last quarter of 2015. The yield on earning assets in the final 2016 quarter was 3.45%, down three basis points from the year-earlier quarter. That decline reflects the impact of higher average balances of relatively low-yielding interest-bearing deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and lower yields on investment securities. The rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities in the fourth quarter of 2016 was .57%, up three basis points from .54% in the similar 2015 quarter. That increase was largely due to higher rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, in part associated with time deposits obtained in the Hudson City acquisition. The contribution of net interest-free funds to the Company’s net interest margin was .20% in the recent quarter, compared with .18% in the fourth 2015 quarter. As a result, the Company’s net interest margin narrowed to 3.08% in the final quarter of 2016 from 3.12% in the corresponding period of 2015.

The provision for credit losses in the final quarter of 2016 was $62 million, compared with $58 million in the year-earlier period. A $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015, in accordance with GAAP, related to loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that had a fair value in excess of outstanding principal. GAAP provides that an allowance for credit losses on such loans be recorded beyond the recognition of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. Net loan charge-offs were $49 million in the recent quarter, representing an annualized .22% of average loans and leases outstanding, compared with $36 million or .18% during the fourth quarter of 2015. Net charge-offs included: residential real estate loans of $5 million in the final 2016 quarter, compared with $2 million in 2015’s fourth quarter; net charge-offs of commercial real estate loans of $1 million in the recent quarter, compared with net recoveries of $2 million in the year-earlier quarter; net charge-offs of commercial loans of $17 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared with net recoveries of $3 million in year-earlier quarter; and net charge-offs of consumer loans of $26 million in the recently completed quarter, compared with $39 million 2015’s fourth quarter. Net charge-offs of commercial loans and leases in the fourth quarter of 2016 included a $12 million charge-off associated with a multi-regional manufacturer of refractory brick and other castable products. Reflected in net recoveries of previously charged-off commercial loans in the fourth quarter of 2015 were $10 million of recoveries from a motor vehicle-related parts wholesaler. Net charge-offs of consumer loans in the fourth quarter of 2015 included a $20 million charge-off associated with a personal usage loan obtained in a previous acquisition.

Other income aggregated $465 million in the three-month period ended December 31, 2016, up from $448 million in the similar period of 2015. That improvement resulted predominantly from higher mortgage banking revenues and trust income. The $11 million rise in mortgage banking revenues includes higher commercial mortgage banking revenues of $9 million resulting from increased loan origination and sales activities. The $7 million increase in trust income was primarily the result of higher revenues in the ICS business reflecting increased fees earned from money-market funds and stronger sales activities.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, other expense aggregated $769 million, compared with $786 million in the similar 2015 quarter. Included in such amounts are expenses considered to be “nonoperating” in nature consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $9 million and $10 million during the quarters ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $76 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses were $760 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared with $701 million in the year-earlier quarter. The increased operating expenses in the recently completed quarter reflect the $30 million contribution to The M&T Charitable Foundation and higher expenses for salaries and employee benefits and FDIC assessments. The recent quarter increase in salaries and employee benefits resulted largely from higher incentive

101

---

 

compensation costs as compared with 2015’s fourth quarter. The Company’s efficiency ratio during the fourth quarters of 2016 and 2015 was 56.4% and 55.5%, respectively. Table 24 includes a reconciliation of other expense to noninterest operating expense and the calculation of the efficiency ratio for each of the quarters of 2016 and 2015.

 

 

Segment Information

In accordance with GAAP, the Company’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer, and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking.

The financial information of the Company’s segments was compiled utilizing the accounting policies described in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements. The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segments and the financial information of the reported segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions.  Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data.  During 2016, the Company revised its funds transfer pricing allocation related to borrowings and to the residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City, retroactive to 2015.  Accordingly, financial information for the Discretionary Portfolio segment and the “All Other” category for 2015 has been reclassified to conform to the current allocation methodology.  Financial information about the Company’s segments, including the impact of the change noted above, is presented in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Business Banking segment provides a wide range of services to small businesses and professionals within markets served by the Company through the Company’s branch network, business banking centers and other delivery channels such as telephone banking, Internet banking and automated teller machines. Services and products offered by this segment include various business loans and leases, including loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration, business credit cards, deposit products, and financial services such as cash management, payroll and direct deposit, merchant credit card and letters of credit. The Business Banking segment recorded net income of $93 million in 2016, compared with $99 million in 2015.  That 5% decline was attributable to higher centrally-allocated costs largely associated with the acquired Hudson City operations, an increase in FDIC assessments of $3 million and higher personnel costs and advertising and marketing expenses of $2 million each, offset, in part, by a $15 million rise in net interest income and a $3 million decline in the provision for credit losses.  The growth in net interest income reflected an increase in average outstanding deposit balances of $986 million.  Net income for this segment also aggregated $99 million in 2014.  Declines in 2015 in net interest income of $7 million and service charges on deposit accounts of $2 million were offset by a $3 million decrease in the provision for credit losses, due to lower net charge-offs, a $4 million increase in merchant discount and credit card fees and lower costs for FDIC assessments of $2 million.  The decline in net interest income resulted from a narrowing of the net interest margin on deposits of 18 basis points offset, in part, by an increase in average outstanding deposit balances of $615 million.

The Commercial Banking segment provides a wide range of credit products and banking services for middle-market and large commercial customers, mainly within the markets served by the Company. Services provided by this segment include commercial lending and leasing, letters of credit, deposit products, and cash management services.  The Commercial Banking segment

102

---

 

contributed net income of $412 million in 2016, compared with $431 million in 2015.  That decline was due to the following factors:  lower letter of credit and other credit-related fees of $15 million, largely due to loan syndication fees; higher FDIC assessments of $13 million; an increase in the provision for credit losses of $10 million; lower gains on the sale of previously leased equipment of $9 million; an increase in personnel costs of $5 million; and higher allocated operating expenses associated with data processing, risk management and other support services provided to the Commercial Banking segment.  Those unfavorable factors were largely offset by a $32 million rise in net interest income and a $4 million increase in corporate advisory fees.  The higher net interest income resulted from higher average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $1.4 billion and $794 million, respectively.  Net income for the Commercial Banking segment totaled $403 million in 2014.  The 7% improvement in net income in 2015 as compared with 2014 resulted from:  a $7 million rise in net interest income, reflecting growth in average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $1.3 billion and $569 million, respectively, partially offset by a narrowing of the net interest margin on loans and deposits of eight basis points and six basis points, respectively; increased gains from the sale of equipment previously leased to commercial customers of $15 million; higher credit-related and other fees of $8 million; and an $8 million decline in the provision for credit losses, reflecting a partial recovery of $10 million associated with a relationship with a motor vehicle-related parts wholesaler previously charged-off in 2013.

The Commercial Real Estate segment provides credit and deposit services to its customers. Real estate securing loans in this segment is generally located in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, the District of Columbia and the western portion of the United States.  Commercial real estate loans may be secured by apartment/multifamily buildings; office, retail and industrial space; or other types of collateral. Activities of this segment also include the origination, sales and servicing of commercial real estate loans through the Fannie Mae DUS program and other programs.  Commercial real estate loans held for sale are included in this segment.  Net income of the Commercial Real Estate segment aggregated $350 million in 2016, up 3% from $341 million in 2015.  That improvement resulted from: a rise in net interest income of $30 million; higher mortgage banking revenues of $27 million, resulting from increased loan origination activities; and higher trading account and foreign exchange gains of $8 million, largely due to increased volumes of interest rate swap transactions executed by commercial customers.  Those favorable factors were partially offset by increased FDIC assessments of $14 million, a $10 million rise in personnel-related expenses, a $5 million increase in the provision for credit losses and higher allocated operating expenses associated with data processing, risk management and other support services provided to the Commercial Real Estate segment.  The higher net interest income was attributable to a $2.3 billion increase in average loan balances and a 19 basis point widening of the net interest margin on deposits, offset, in part, by a 22 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin on loans.  Net income for this segment was $316 million in 2014.  The 8% increase in net income in 2015 as compared with 2014 reflected increases in net interest income and mortgage banking revenues.  The $23 million rise in net interest income resulted largely from increases in average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $1.4 billion and $393 million, respectively, partially offset by a narrowing of the net interest margin on deposits and loans of 11 basis points and six basis points, respectively.  The increase in mortgage banking revenues of $13 million was largely reflective of an increase in loans originated for sale and higher servicing revenues.   

The Discretionary Portfolio segment includes investment and trading account securities, residential real estate loans (including those obtained in the Hudson City acquisition) and other assets; short-term and long-term borrowed funds; brokered deposits; and Cayman Islands office deposits.  This segment also provides foreign exchange services to customers.  The Discretionary Portfolio segment recorded net income of $164 million in 2016 and $59 million in 2015.  Reflected

103

---

 

in 2016’s results were pre-tax investment securities gains of $30 million from the sale of the Company’s collateralized debt obligations.  In addition to the investment securities gains, the improved performance of this segment in 2016 as compared with 2015 was due to a $248 million rise in net interest income, which reflects the impact of the acquisition of Hudson City.  Those favorable factors were partially offset by increases of $25 million in the provision for credit losses and $16 million in FDIC assessments, and higher loan and other real estate servicing costs.  Net income contributed by the Discretionary Portfolio segment totaled $48 million in 2014.  The higher net income in 2015 as compared with 2014 reflected the impact of the residential real estate loans obtained in the November 1, 2015 acquisition of Hudson City.  Partially offsetting the favorable impact of those loans on net interest income was a 27 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin on investment securities, resulting from the Company’s allocation of funding charges associated with those assets.  A $9 million year-over-year decline in the provision for credit losses also contributed to the improvement in the segment’s net income.  Those favorable factors were partially offset by higher loan servicing and other costs.

The Residential Mortgage Banking segment originates and services residential mortgage loans and sells substantially all of those loans in the secondary market to investors or to the Discretionary Portfolio segment.  In addition to the geographic regions served by or contiguous with the Company’s branch network, the Company maintains mortgage loan origination offices in several western states.  The Company periodically purchases the rights to service loans and also sub-services residential real estate loans for others. Residential real estate loans held for sale are included in this segment.  The Residential Mortgage Banking segment’s net income declined 10% to $80 million in 2016 from $89 million in 2015. That decline reflected lower revenues from servicing residential real estate loans for unaffiliated parties of $23 million, offset, in part, by a $7 million rise in net interest income and increased intersegment revenues.  Net income for the Residential Mortgage Banking segment in 2015 was up 5% from $85 million in 2014.  The improved performance in 2015 resulted from lower amortization of capitalized servicing rights of $19 million (reflecting lower prepayment trends), partially offset by increased professional services, personnel costs and centrally-allocated loan servicing expenses.

The Retail Banking segment offers a variety of services to consumers through several delivery channels which include branch offices, automated teller machines, and telephone, mobile and Internet banking. The Company has branch offices in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. Credit services offered by this segment include consumer installment loans, automobile loans (originated both directly and indirectly through dealers), home equity loans and lines of credit and credit cards. The segment also offers to its customers deposit products, including demand, savings and time accounts; investment products, including mutual funds and annuities; and other services.  Net income for the Retail Banking segment was $275 million in 2016, up 3% from $268 million in 2015.  An increase in net interest income of $157 million, predominantly due to the impact of deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City, was largely offset by the following unfavorable factors:  a $47 million rise in the provision for credit losses, including the accelerated partial charge-offs of $32 million recognized on loans for which the customer was either bankrupt or deceased; increases in expenses for personnel, equipment and net occupancy, and advertising and marketing of $45 million, $18 million and $11 million, respectively, that include the impact of the expanded operations associated with the acquisition of Hudson City; higher FDIC assessments of $10 million; and higher allocated operating expenses associated with data processing, risk management and other support services provided from centralized service areas.  This segment’s net income declined 2% in 2015 from $273 million in 2014.  An $8 million rise in net interest income, largely due to increases in average outstanding loan balances, and a $4 million decline in the provision for credit losses, largely due to lower net charge-offs, were more than offset by a $6 million decline in fees earned for

104

---

 

providing deposit account services, a $5 million decrease in servicing revenues related to securitized automobile loans, and higher operating expenses, including expenses associated with operations added in the Hudson City acquisition.

The “All Other” category reflects other activities of the Company that are not directly attributable to the reported segments.  Reflected in this category are the amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of financial institutions, M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG, merger-related expenses resulting from acquisitions and the net impact of the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with the earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments, and the provision for credit losses.  The “All Other” category also includes trust income of the Company that reflects the ICS and WAS business activities.  The various components of the “All Other” category resulted in net losses of $58 million, $206 million and $158 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Reflected in 2015’s results was the $45 million pre-tax gain related to the sale of the trade processing business within the retirement services division.  The improved performance in 2016 as compared with 2015 was predominantly due to the favorable impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments and a $61 million decrease in merger-related expenses associated with the acquisition of Hudson City.  The most significant factors contributing to the unfavorable performance in 2015 as compared with 2014 include:  higher personnel-related expenses, including the impact of merger-related expenses and increased pension costs; a decline in trust income, predominantly due to the impact of the April 2015 sale of the trade processing business; and higher charitable contributions.  Those unfavorable factors were offset, in part, by lower professional services costs, largely related to elevated 2014 costs associated with BSA/AML and other company-wide initiatives, the $45 million gain from the sale of the trade processing business, and the favorable impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies.

 

 

Recent Accounting Developments

A discussion of recent accounting developments is included in note 26 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and other sections of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company’s business, management’s beliefs and assumptions made by management. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “target,” “estimate,” “continue,” “positions,” “prospects” or “potential,” by future conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may,” or by variations of such words or by similar expressions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions (“Future Factors”) which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and the Company assumes no duty to update forward-looking statements.

Future Factors include changes in interest rates, spreads on earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and interest rate sensitivity; prepayment speeds, loan originations, credit losses and market values of loans, collateral securing loans and other assets; sources of liquidity; common shares

105

---

 

outstanding; common stock price volatility; fair value of and number of stock-based compensation awards to be issued in future periods; the impact of changes in market values on trust-related revenues; legislation and/or regulation affecting the financial services industry as a whole, and M&T and its subsidiaries individually or collectively, including tax legislation or regulation; regulatory supervision and oversight, including monetary policy and capital requirements; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or regulatory agencies; increasing price and product/service competition by competitors, including new entrants; rapid technological developments and changes; the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis; the mix of products/services; containing costs and expenses; governmental and public policy changes; protection and validity of intellectual property rights; reliance on large customers; technological, implementation and cost/financial risks in large, multi-year contracts; the outcome of pending and future litigation and governmental proceedings, including tax-related examinations and other matters; continued availability of financing; financial resources in the amounts, at the times and on the terms required to support M&T and its subsidiaries’ future businesses; and material differences in the actual financial results of merger, acquisition and investment activities compared with M&T’s initial expectations, including the full realization of anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements.

These are representative of the Future Factors that could affect the outcome of the forward-looking statements. In addition, such statements could be affected by general industry and market conditions and growth rates, general economic and political conditions, either nationally or in the states in which M&T and its subsidiaries do business, including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes and trends in the securities markets, and other Future Factors.

106

---

 

Table 23

QUARTERLY TRENDS

 

107

---

 

Table 24

RECONCILIATION OF QUARTERLY GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

 

 

 

108

---

 

Incorporated by reference to the discussion contained in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the captions “Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity” (including Table 21) and “Capital.”

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data consist of the financial statements as indexed and presented below and Table 23 “Quarterly Trends” presented in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

 

109

---

 

Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting at M&T Bank Corporation and subsidiaries (“the Company”). Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 based on criteria described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that assessment, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, that was engaged to express an opinion as to the fairness of presentation of such financial statements. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was also engaged to assess the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP follows this report.

 

 

 

110

---

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

M&T Bank Corporation

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Buffalo, New York

February 22, 2017

111

---

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

112

---

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 

113

---

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 

114

---

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 

115

---

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

116

---

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1.    Significant accounting policies

M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Buffalo, New York. Through subsidiaries, M&T provides individuals, corporations and other businesses, and institutions with commercial and retail banking services, including loans and deposits, trust, mortgage banking, asset management, insurance and other financial services. Banking activities are largely focused on consumers residing in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia and on small and medium-size businesses based in those areas. Certain subsidiaries also conduct activities in other areas.

The accounting and reporting policies of M&T and subsidiaries (“the Company”) are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The more significant accounting policies are as follows:

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include M&T and all of its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions of consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. The financial statements of M&T included in note 25 report investments in subsidiaries under the equity method. Information about some limited purpose entities that are affiliates of the Company but are not included in the consolidated financial statements appears in note 19.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For purposes of this statement, cash and due from banks and federal funds sold are considered cash and cash equivalents.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at amounts equal to the cash or other consideration exchanged. It is generally the Company’s policy to take possession of collateral pledged to secure agreements to resell.

Trading account

Financial instruments used for trading purposes are stated at fair value. Realized gains and losses and unrealized changes in fair value of financial instruments utilized in trading activities are included in “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income.

Investment securities

Investments in debt securities are classified as held to maturity and stated at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold such securities to maturity. Investments in

117

---

 

other debt securities and equity securities having readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale and stated at estimated fair value. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts for investment securities available for sale and held to maturity are included in interest income.

Other securities are stated at cost and include stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of New York.

The cost basis of individual securities is written down through a charge to earnings when declines in value below amortized cost are considered to be other than temporary. In cases where fair value is less than amortized cost and the Company intends to sell a debt security, it is more likely than not to be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of a debt security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. If the Company intends to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. Subsequently, the Company accounts for the other-than-temporarily impaired debt security as if the security had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings. The cost basis of individual equity securities is written down to estimated fair value through a charge to earnings when declines in value below cost are considered to be other than temporary. Realized gains and losses on the sales of investment securities are determined using the specific identification method.

Loans and leases

The Company’s accounting methods for loans depends on whether the loans were originated by the Company or were acquired in a business combination.

Originated loans and leases

Interest income on loans is accrued on a level yield method. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status and previously accrued interest thereon is charged against income when principal or interest is delinquent 90 days, unless management determines that the loan status clearly warrants other treatment. Nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are returned to accrual status when borrowers have demonstrated an ability to repay their loans and there are no delinquent principal and interest payments. Consumer loans not secured by residential real estate are returned to accrual status when all past due principal and interest payments have been paid by the borrower. Loans secured by residential real estate are returned to accrual status when they are deemed to have an insignificant delay in payments of 90 days or less. Loan balances are charged off when it becomes evident that such balances are not fully collectible. For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, charge-offs are recognized after an assessment by credit personnel of the capacity and willingness of the borrower to repay, the estimated value of any collateral, and any other potential sources of repayment. A charge-off is recognized when, after such assessment, it becomes evident that the loan balance is not fully collectible. For loans secured by residential real estate, the excess of

118

---

 

the loan balances over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 150 days delinquent. Consumer loans are generally charged-off when the loans are 91 to 180 days past due, depending on whether the loan is collateralized and the status of repossession activities with respect to such collateral. Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as an interest yield adjustment over the life of the loan. Net deferred fees have been included in unearned discount as a reduction of loans outstanding. Commitments to sell real estate loans are utilized by the Company to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of real estate loans held for sale. The carrying value of hedged real estate loans held for sale recorded in the consolidated balance sheet includes changes in estimated fair market value during the hedge period, typically from the date of close through the sale date. Valuation adjustments made on these loans and commitments are included in “mortgage banking revenues.”

Except for consumer and residential mortgage loans that are considered smaller balance homogenous loans and are evaluated collectively, the Company considers a loan to be impaired for purposes of applying GAAP when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days. Regardless of loan type, the Company considers a loan to be impaired if it qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans are classified as either nonaccrual or as loans renegotiated at below market rates which continue to accrue interest, provided that a credit assessment of the borrower’s financial condition results in an expectation of full repayment under the modified contractual terms. Certain loans greater than 90 days delinquent are not considered impaired if they are well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans less than 90 days delinquent are deemed to have an insignificant delay in payment and are generally not considered impaired. Impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Interest received on impaired loans placed on nonaccrual status is generally applied to reduce the carrying value of the loan or, if principal is considered fully collectible, recognized as interest income.

Residual value estimates for commercial leases are generally determined through internal or external reviews of the leased property. The Company reviews commercial lease residual values at least annually and recognizes residual value impairments deemed to be other than temporary.

Loans and leases acquired in a business combination

Loans acquired in a business combination subsequent to December 31, 2008 are initially recorded at fair value with no carry-over of an acquired entity’s previously established allowance for credit losses. Purchased impaired loans represent specifically identified loans with evidence of credit deterioration for which it was probable at acquisition that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments. For purchased impaired loans and other loans acquired at a discount that was, in part, attributable to credit quality, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value of acquired loans is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Subsequent decreases in the expected principal cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for additions to the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in expected cash flows result first in the recovery of any related allowance for credit losses and then in recognition of additional interest income over the then-remaining lives of the loans.

For all other acquired loans, the difference between the fair value and outstanding principal balance of the loans is recognized as an adjustment to interest income over the lives of those loans. Those loans are then accounted for in a manner that is similar to originated loans.

119

---

 

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses represents, in management’s judgment, the amount of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is determined by management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio based on such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the current financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. The effects of probable decreases in expected principal cash flows on loans acquired at a discount are also considered in the establishment of the allowance for credit losses.

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are included in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet. An in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Upon acquisition of assets taken in satisfaction of a defaulted loan, the excess of the remaining loan balance over the asset’s estimated fair value less costs to sell is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in value of the assets are recognized as “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income.

Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Capitalized servicing rights

Capitalized servicing assets are included in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet. Separately recognized servicing assets are initially measured at fair value. The Company uses the amortization method to subsequently measure servicing assets. Under that method, capitalized servicing assets are charged to expense in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

To estimate the fair value of servicing rights, the Company considers market prices for similar assets and the present value of expected future cash flows associated with the servicing rights calculated using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future servicing income and expense. Such assumptions include estimates of the cost of servicing loans, loan default rates, an appropriate discount rate, and prepayment speeds. For purposes of evaluating and measuring impairment of capitalized servicing rights, the Company stratifies such assets based on the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying financial instruments that are expected to have the most impact on projected prepayments, cost of servicing and other factors affecting future cash flows associated with the servicing rights. Such factors may include financial asset or loan type, note rate and term. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the capitalized servicing rights for a stratum exceeds estimated fair value. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance.

120

---

 

Sales and securitizations of financial assets

Transfers of financial assets for which the Company has surrendered control of the financial assets are accounted for as sales. Interests in a sale of financial assets that continue to be held by the Company, including servicing rights, are measured at fair value. The fair values of retained debt securities are generally determined through reference to independent pricing information. The fair values of retained servicing rights and any other retained interests are determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows associated with those interests and by reference to market prices for similar assets.

Securitization structures typically require the use of special-purpose trusts that are considered variable interest entities. A variable interest entity is included in the consolidated financial statements if the Company has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity that could potentially be significant to that entity.

Goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level, which is either at the same level or one level below an operating segment. Other acquired intangible assets with finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are initially recorded at estimated fair value and are amortized over their estimated lives. Core deposit and other intangible assets are generally amortized using accelerated methods over estimated useful lives of five to ten years. The Company periodically assesses whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of core deposit and other intangible assets may be impaired.

Derivative financial instruments

The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a foreign currency denominated forecasted transaction.

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. For such agreements, amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreement and the net differential is recorded as an adjustment to interest income or expense of the related asset or liability. Interest rate swap agreements may be designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. In a fair value hedge, the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and changes in the fair values of the hedged items are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair values of interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the consolidated statement of income. In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is initially recorded as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss is reported in “other revenues from operations” immediately.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Commitments to originate real estate loans to be held

121

---

 

for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans are generally recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value.

Derivative instruments not related to mortgage banking activities, including financial futures commitments and interest rate swap agreements, that do not satisfy the hedge accounting requirements are recorded at fair value and are generally classified as trading account assets or liabilities with resultant changes in fair value being recognized in “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock-based grant based on the estimated grant date value of the stock-based compensation, except that the recognition of compensation costs is accelerated for stock-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees and employees who will become retirement-eligible prior to full vesting of the award because the Company’s incentive compensation plan allows for vesting at the time an employee retires.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax effects attributable to differences between the financial statement value of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and laws.

The Company evaluates uncertain tax positions using the two-step process required by GAAP. The first step requires a determination of whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Under the second step, a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company accounts for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method. Under that method, the Company amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense.

Earnings per common share

Basic earnings per common share exclude dilution and are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (exclusive of shares represented by the unvested portion of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants) and common shares issuable under deferred compensation arrangements during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect shares represented by the unvested portion of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants and the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in earnings. Proceeds assumed to have been received on such exercise or conversion are assumed to be used to purchase shares of M&T common stock at the average market price during the period, as required by the “treasury stock method” of accounting.

GAAP requires that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) shall be considered participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has issued stock-based compensation awards in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units that contain such rights and, accordingly, the Company’s earnings per common share are calculated using the two-class method.

122

---

 

Treasury stock

Repurchases of shares of M&T common stock are recorded at cost as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. Reissuances of shares of treasury stock are recorded at average cost.

 

 

2.    Acquisition and divestiture

Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.

On November 1, 2015, M&T completed the acquisition of Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”), headquartered in Paramus, New Jersey. On that date, Hudson City Savings Bank, the banking subsidiary of Hudson City, was merged into M&T Bank, a wholly owned banking subsidiary of M&T. Hudson City Savings Bank operated 135 banking offices in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York at the date of acquisition. The results of operations acquired in the Hudson City transaction have been included in the Company’s financial results since November 1, 2015. After application of the election, allocation and proration procedures contained in the merger agreement with Hudson City, M&T paid $2.1 billion in cash and issued 25,953,950 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for Hudson City shares outstanding at the time of the acquisition. The purchase price was approximately $5.2 billion based on the cash paid to Hudson City shareholders, the fair value of M&T stock exchanged and the estimated fair value of Hudson City stock awards converted into M&T stock awards. The acquisition of Hudson City expanded the Company’s presence in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York, and management expects that the Company will benefit from greater geographic diversity and the advantages of scale associated with a larger company.

The Hudson City transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. The consideration paid for Hudson City’s common equity and the amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date were as follows:

 

123

---

 

 

In early November 2015, the Company sold $5.8 billion of investment securities obtained in the acquisition and repaid $10.6 billion of borrowings assumed in the transaction. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $1.1 billion of goodwill and $132 million of core deposit intangible. The core deposit intangible asset is being amortized over a period of seven years using an accelerated method.

In many cases, determining the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those assets and liabilities and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. The most significant of these determinations related to the fair valuation of acquired loans. Approximately $688 million of the loans acquired from Hudson City had specific evidence of credit deterioration at the acquisition date and it was deemed probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments (“purchased impaired loans”). Such loans were acquired at a discount from outstanding customer principal balance of $1.0 billion. For purchased impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, as shown in the following table, reflected the impact of estimated credit losses and other factors, such as prepayments.

 

 

 

The remaining acquired loans had a fair value of $18.3 billion and outstanding principal of $18.0 billion, resulting in a premium which will be amortized over the remaining lives of the loans as a reduction of interest income. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carry-over of Hudson City’s previously established allowance for credit losses.

124

---

 

The following table discloses the impact of Hudson City since the acquisition on November 1, 2015 through the end of 2015. The table also presents certain pro forma information as if Hudson City had been acquired on January 1, 2014. These results combine the historical results of Hudson City into the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair valuation adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on the indicated date. In particular, no adjustments have been made to eliminate the impact of gains on securities transactions of $102 million in 2015 and $104 million in 2014 that may not have been recognized had the investment securities been recorded at fair value as of the beginning of 2014. Furthermore, expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integration of $97 million are included in the 2015 periods in which such costs were incurred. Additionally, the Company expects to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts that follow.

 

 

In connection with the Hudson City acquisition, the Company incurred merger-related expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integrating and conforming acquired operations with and into the Company. Those expenses consisted largely of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with preparing for systems conversions and/or integration of operations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements for various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance (for former Hudson City employees); travel costs; and other costs of completing the transaction and commencing operations in new markets and offices. There were no merger-related expenses during 2014. In 2015, the Company also recognized a $21 million provision for credit losses related to the $18.3 billion of Hudson City loans acquired at a premium. GAAP does not allow the credit loss component of the net premium associated with those loans to be bifurcated and accounted for as a nonaccreting difference as is the case with purchased impaired loans and other loans acquired at a discount. Neverthless, GAAP requires that an allowance for credit losses be recognized for incurred losses in loans acquired at a premium even though in a relatively homogenous portfolio of residential mortgage loans the specific loans to which the losses relate cannot be individually identified at the acquisition date. Given the recognition of such losses above and beyond the impact of forecasted losses used in determining the fair value of the loans acquired at a premium, the initial $21 million provision for credit losses has been noted as a merger-related expense.

125

---

 

A summary of merger-related expenses included in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 follows:

 

 

Sale of trust accounts

In April 2015, the Company sold the trade processing business within the retirement services division of its Institutional Client Services business. That sale resulted in an after-tax gain of $23 million ($45 million pre-tax) that reflected the allocation of approximately $11 million of previously recorded goodwill to the divested business. Revenues of the sold business had been included in “trust income” and were $9 million and $34 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively. After considering related expenses, net income attributable to the business that was sold was not material to the consolidated results of operations of the Company in any of those periods.

 

 

126

---

 

3.    Investment securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities were as follows:

 

 

127

---

 

No investment in securities of a single non-U.S. Government, government agency or government guaranteed issuer exceeded ten percent of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2016, the latest available investment ratings of all obligations of states and political subdivisions, privately issued mortgage-backed securities and other debt securities were:

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of collateralized mortgage obligations included in mortgage-backed securities were as follows:

 

 

Gross realized gains from sales of investment securities were $30,545,000 in 2016. During 2016, the Company sold its collateralized debt obligations held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio for a gain of $30 million. There were no significant realized gross losses from sales of investments securities in 2016. There were no significant gross realized gains or losses from sales of investment securities in 2015 or 2014.

128

---

 

At December 31, 2016, the amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity were as follows:

 

 

129

---

 

A summary of investment securities that as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer follows:

 

 

The Company owned 1,083 individual investment securities with aggregate gross unrealized losses of $186 million at December 31, 2016. Based on a review of each of the securities in the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2016, the Company concluded that it expected to recover the amortized cost basis of its investment. As of December 31, 2016, the Company does not

130

---

 

intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its impaired investment securities at a loss. At December 31, 2016, the Company has not identified events or changes in circumstances which may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the $461 million of cost method investment securities.

At December 31, 2016, investment securities with a carrying value of $3,775,571,000, including $3,240,079,000 of investment securities available for sale, were pledged to secure borrowings from various FHLBs, repurchase agreements, governmental deposits, interest rate swap agreements and available lines of credit as described in note 9.

Investment securities pledged by the Company to secure obligations whereby the secured party is permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge such collateral totaled $1,203,473,000 at December 31, 2016. The pledged securities included securities of the U.S. Treasury and federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities.

 

 

4.    Loans and leases

Total loans and leases outstanding were comprised of the following:

 

 

One-to-four family residential mortgage loans held for sale were $414 million at December 31, 2016 and $353 million at December 31, 2015. Commercial real estate loans held for sale were $643 million at December 31, 2016 and $39 million at December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2016, approximately $2.8 billion of commercial real estate loan balances serviced for others had been sold with recourse in conjunction with the Company’s participation in the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”) program. At December 31, 2016, the Company estimated that the recourse obligations described above were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position. There have been no material losses incurred as a result of those credit recourse arrangements.

131

---

 

In addition to recourse obligations, as described in note 21, the Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold residential real estate loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. Charges incurred for such obligation, which are recorded as a reduction of mortgage banking revenues, were $4 million, $5 million and $4 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of loans acquired at a discount that were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and included in the consolidated balance sheet were as follows:

 

 

Purchased impaired loans included in the table above totaled $578 million at December 31, 2016 and $768 million at December 31, 2015, representing less than 1% of the Company’s assets as of each date. A summary of changes in the accretable yield for loans acquired at a discount for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 follows:

 

 

132

---

 

A summary of current, past due and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 follows:

 

 

133

---

 

If nonaccrual and renegotiated loans had been accruing interest at their originally contracted terms, interest income on such loans would have amounted to $68,371,000 in 2016, $56,784,000 in 2015 and $58,314,000 in 2014. The actual amounts included in interest income during 2016, 2015 and 2014 on such loans were $33,941,000, $30,735,000 and $28,492,000, respectively.

During the normal course of business, the Company modifies loans to maximize recovery efforts. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession is granted, the Company considers such modifications as troubled debt restructurings and classifies those loans as either nonaccrual loans or renegotiated loans. The types of concessions that the Company grants typically include principal deferrals and interest rate concessions, but may also include other types of concessions.

134

---

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

135

---

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

136

---

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings are considered to be impaired loans and for purposes of establishing the allowance for credit losses are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the

137

---

 

impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Impairment of troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted may also be measured based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Charge-offs may also be recognized on troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted. Loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and for which there was a subsequent payment default during the respective period were not material.

Borrowings by directors and certain officers of M&T and its banking subsidiaries, and by associates of such persons, exclusive of loans aggregating less than $120,000, amounted to $63,543,000 and $52,152,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During 2016, new borrowings by such persons amounted to $15,350,000 (including any borrowings of new directors or officers that were outstanding at the time of their election) and repayments and other reductions (including reductions resulting from retirements) were $3,959,000.

At December 31, 2016, approximately $11.9 billion of commercial loans and leases, $12.5 billion of commercial real estate loans, $17.8 billion of one-to-four family residential real estate loans, $2.3 billion of home equity loans and lines of credit and $4.4 billion of other consumer loans were pledged to secure outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of New York and available lines of credit as described in note 9.

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio includes commercial lease financing receivables consisting of direct financing and leveraged leases for machinery and equipment, railroad equipment, commercial trucks and trailers, and aircraft. A summary of lease financing receivables follows:

 

 

Included within the estimated residual value of leased assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $47 million and $50 million, respectively, in residual value associated with direct financing leases that are guaranteed by the lessees or others.

138

---

 

At December 31, 2016, the minimum future lease payments to be received from lease financings were as follows:

 

 

The amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the Company was $129 million and $172 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were $314 million and $315 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, in loans secured by residential real estate and serviced by the Company that were in the process of foreclosure. There were $192 million in loans secured by residential real estate and serviced by other entities for the Company that were in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2016. Of all the loans in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2016, approximately 57% were classified as purchased impaired and 20% were government guaranteed.

 

 

5.    Allowance for credit losses

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

 

139

---

 

 

Despite the above allocation, the allowance for credit losses is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan or lease type.

In establishing the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases on a collective basis. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company evaluates its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amounts of loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios are determined through a loan-by-loan analysis of larger balance commercial loans and commercial real estate loans that are in nonaccrual status and by applying loss factors to groups of loan balances based on loan type and management’s classification of such loans under the Company’s loan grading system. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to commercial and commercial real estate credits on an individual loan basis. Loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s Credit Policy. Internal loan grades are also monitored by the Company’s credit review department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each group of loans and leases. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, geographic location, financial condition and performance, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. As updated appraisals are obtained on individual loans or other events in the market place indicate that collateral values have significantly changed, individual loan grades are adjusted as appropriate. Changes in other factors cited may also lead to loan grade changes

140

---

 

at any time. Except for consumer loans and residential real estate loans that are considered smaller balance homogenous loans and acquired loans that are evaluated on an aggregated basis, the Company considers a loan to be impaired for purposes of applying GAAP when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days. Regardless of loan type, the Company considers a loan to be impaired if it qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows.

141

---

 

The following tables provide information with respect to loans and leases that were considered impaired as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

142

---

 

 

 

 

In accordance with the previously described policies, the Company utilizes a loan grading system that is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified

143

---

 

as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. All larger-balance criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are individually reviewed by centralized credit personnel each quarter to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade, including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or nonaccruing. Smaller-balance criticized loans are analyzed by business line risk management areas to ensure proper loan grade classification. Furthermore, criticized nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are considered impaired and, as a result, specific loss allowances on such loans are established within the allowance for credit losses to the extent appropriate in each individual instance.

The following table summarizes the loan grades applied to the various classes of the Company’s commercial loans and commercial real estate loans.

 

 

In determining the allowance for credit losses, residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally evaluated collectively after considering such factors as payment performance and recent loss experience and trends, which are mainly driven by current collateral values in the market place as well as the amount of loan defaults. Loss rates on such loans are determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s credit department. In arriving at such forecasts, the Company considers the current estimated fair value of its collateral based on geographical adjustments for home price depreciation/appreciation and overall borrower repayment performance. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a second lien position. However, residential real estate loans and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit that are more than 150 days past due are generally evaluated for collectibility on a loan-by-loan basis giving consideration to estimated collateral values. The carrying value of residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit for which a partial charge-off has been recognized aggregated $44 million and $32 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and $55 million and $21 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit that were more than 150 days past due but did not require a partial charge-off because the net realizable value of the collateral exceeded the outstanding customer balance totaled $16 million and $39 million,

144

---

 

respectively, at December 31, 2016 and $20 million and $28 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015.

The Company also measures additional losses for purchased impaired loans when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. The determination of the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses is very subjective. Given that inherent subjectivity and potential imprecision involved in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses, the Company also provides an inherent unallocated portion of the allowance. The unallocated portion of the allowance is intended to recognize probable losses that are not otherwise identifiable and includes management’s subjective determination of amounts necessary to provide for the possible use of imprecise estimates in determining the allocated portion of the allowance. Therefore, the level of the unallocated portion of the allowance is primarily reflective of the inherent imprecision in the various calculations used in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses. Other factors that could also lead to changes in the unallocated portion include the effects of expansion into new markets for which the Company does not have the same degree of familiarity and experience regarding portfolio performance in changing market conditions, the introduction of new loan and lease product types, and other risks associated with the Company’s loan portfolio that may not be specifically identifiable.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

 

145

---

 

The recorded investment in loans and leases summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

 

 

6.    Premises and equipment

The detail of premises and equipment was as follows:

 

 

Net lease expense for all operating leases totaled $113,663,000 in 2016, $102,356,000 in 2015 and $104,297,000 in 2014. Minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are presented in note 21. Minimum lease payments required under capital leases are not material.

 

 

146

---

 

7.    Capitalized servicing assets

Changes in capitalized servicing assets were as follows:

 

 

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others were $53.2 billion at December 31, 2016, $61.7 billion at December 31, 2015 and $67.2 billion at December 31, 2014. Reflected in residential mortgage loans serviced for others were loans sub-serviced for others of $30.4 billion, $37.8 billion and $42.1 billion at December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Commercial mortgage loans serviced for others were $11.8 billion at December 31, 2016, $11.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and $11.3 billion at December 31, 2014.

The estimated fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets was approximately $235 million at December 31, 2016 and $249 million at December 31, 2015. The fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets was estimated using weighted-average discount rates of 12.2% and 12.4% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and contemporaneous prepayment assumptions that vary by loan type. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the discount rate represented a weighted-average option-adjusted spread (“OAS”) of 1095 basis points (hundredths of one percent) and 1119 basis points, respectively, over market implied forward London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”). The estimated fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing rights may vary significantly in subsequent periods due to changing interest rates and the effect thereof on prepayment speeds. The estimated fair value of capitalized commercial mortgage loan servicing assets was approximately $119 million and $99 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. An 18% discount rate was used to estimate the fair value of capitalized commercial mortgage loan servicing rights at December 31, 2016 and 2015 with no prepayment assumptions because, in general, the servicing agreements allow the Company to share in customer loan prepayment fees and thereby recover the remaining carrying value of the capitalized servicing rights associated with such loan. The Company’s ability to realize the carrying value of capitalized commercial mortgage servicing rights is more dependent on the borrowers’ abilities to repay the underlying loans than on prepayments or changes in interest rates.

147

---

 

The key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of significant portfolios of capitalized servicing rights at December 31, 2016 and the sensitivity of such value to changes in those assumptions are summarized in the table that follows. Those calculated sensitivities are hypothetical and actual changes in the fair value of capitalized servicing rights may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein. The effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the servicing rights is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The changes in assumptions are presumed to be instantaneous.

 

 

 

 

 

8.    Goodwill and other intangible assets

In accordance with GAAP, the Company does not amortize goodwill, however, core deposit and other intangible assets are amortized over the estimated life of each respective asset. Total amortizing intangible assets were comprised of the following:

 

 

148

---

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets was generally computed using accelerated methods over original amortization periods of five to ten years. The weighted-average original amortization period was approximately eight years. The remaining weighted-average amortization period as of December 31, 2016 was approximately six years. Amortization expense for core deposit and other intangible assets was $42,613,000, $26,424,000 and $33,824,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Estimated amortization expense in future years for such intangible assets is as follows:

 

 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company completed annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 2016, 2015 and 2014. For purposes of testing for impairment, the Company assigned all recorded goodwill to the reporting units originally intended to benefit from past business combinations, which has historically been the Company’s core relationship business reporting units. Goodwill was generally assigned based on the implied fair value of the acquired goodwill applicable to the benefited reporting units at the time of each respective acquisition. The implied fair value of the goodwill was determined as the difference between the estimated incremental overall fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit as of each respective acquisition date. To test for goodwill impairment at each evaluation date, the Company compared the estimated fair value of each of its reporting units to their respective carrying amounts and certain other assets and liabilities assigned to the reporting unit, including goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets. The methodologies used to estimate fair values of reporting units as of the acquisition dates and as of the evaluation dates were similar. For the Company’s core customer relationship business reporting units, fair value was estimated as the present value of the expected future cash flows of the reporting unit. Based on the results of the goodwill impairment tests, the Company concluded that the amount of recorded goodwill was not impaired at the respective testing dates.

A summary of goodwill assigned to each of the Company’s reportable segments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 for purposes of testing for impairment is as follows.

 

149

---

 

 

 

9.    Borrowings

The amounts and interest rates of short-term borrowings were as follows:

 

 

Short-term borrowings have a stated maturity of one year or less at the date the Company enters into the obligation. In general, federal funds purchased and short-term repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2016 matured on the next business day following year-end. Other short-term borrowings at December 31, 2015 represent borrowings from the FHLB of New York that were assumed in the acquisition of Hudson City. Those borrowings matured at various dates during 2016.

At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had lines of credit under formal agreements as follows:

 

 

At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had borrowing facilities available with the FHLBs whereby M&T Bank could borrow up to approximately $22.5 billion. Additionally, M&T Bank had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York totaling approximately $11.2 billion at December 31, 2016. M&T Bank is required to pledge loans and investment securities as collateral for these borrowing facilities.

150

---

 

Long-term borrowings were as follows:

 

 

The variable rate senior notes of M&T Bank pay interest quarterly at rates that are indexed to the three-month LIBOR. The contractual interest rates for those notes ranged from 1.18% to 1.26% at December 31, 2016 and from 0.62% to 0.75% at December 31, 2015. The weighted-average contractual interest rates payable were 1.22% at December 31, 2016 and 0.69% at December 31, 2015.

Long-term fixed rate advances from the FHLB had contractual interest rates ranging from 1.17% to 7.32% with a weighted-average contractual interest rate of 1.65% at December 31, 2016 and 1.66% at

151

---

 

December 31, 2015. Advances from the FHLB mature at various dates through 2035 and are secured by residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans and investment securities.

Long-term agreements to repurchase securities had contractual interest rates that ranged from 3.65% to 4.58% at December 31, 2016 and from 3.61% to 4.58% at December 31, 2015. The weighted-average contractual interest rates payable were 4.05% at December 31, 2016 and 4.00% at December 31, 2015. The agreements reflect various repurchase dates through 2020, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying investment securities extend beyond such repurchase dates. The agreements are subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements, however, the Company has not offset any amounts related to these agreements in its consolidated financial statements. The Company posted collateral consisting primarily of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities of $1.1 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The subordinated notes of M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust Corporation are unsecured and are subordinate to the claims of other creditors of those entities. The subordinated notes of M&T Bank that mature in 2020 converted to variable rate notes in December 2015. These notes now pay interest monthly at a rate that is indexed to the one-month LIBOR. The contractual interest rates were 1.97% and 1.64% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The subordinated notes of M&T Bank that mature in 2021 converted to variable rate notes in December 2016. These notes now pay interest quarterly at a rate that is indexed to the three-month LIBOR. The contractual interest rate was 1.57% at December 31, 2016.

The fixed and variable rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of M&T (“Junior Subordinated Debentures”) are held by various trusts and were issued in connection with the issuance by those trusts of preferred capital securities (“Capital Securities”) and common securities (“Common Securities”). The proceeds from the issuances of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities were used by the trusts to purchase the Junior Subordinated Debentures. The Common Securities of each of those trusts are wholly owned by M&T and are the only class of each trust’s securities possessing general voting powers. The Capital Securities represent preferred undivided interests in the assets of the corresponding trust. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital guidelines, in 2015 only 25% of then-outstanding Capital Securities were included in Tier 1 capital and beginning in 2016 none of the securities were included in M&T’s Tier 1 regulatory capital, but do qualify for inclusion in Tier 2 regulatory capital. The variable rate Junior Subordinated Debentures pay interest quarterly at rates that are indexed to the three-month LIBOR. Those rates ranged from 1.74% to 4.23% at December 31, 2016 and from 1.18% to 3.67% at December 31, 2015. The weighted-average variable rates payable on those Junior Subordinated Debentures were 2.33% at December 31, 2016 and 1.78% at December 31, 2015.

Holders of the Capital Securities receive preferential cumulative cash distributions unless M&T exercises its right to extend the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures as allowed by the terms of each such debenture, in which case payment of distributions on the respective Capital Securities will be deferred for comparable periods. During an extended interest period, M&T may not pay dividends or distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or acquire any shares of its capital stock. In general, the agreements governing the Capital Securities, in the aggregate, provide a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee by M&T of the payment of distributions on, the redemption of, and any liquidation distribution with respect to the Capital Securities. The obligations under such guarantee and the Capital Securities are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of M&T.

The Capital Securities will remain outstanding until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are repaid at maturity, are redeemed prior to maturity or are distributed in liquidation to the trusts. The Capital Securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole, but not in part, upon repayment at the stated maturity dates (ranging from 2027 to 2033) of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or the earlier redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole upon the occurrence of one or more events set forth in the indentures relating to the Capital Securities, and in whole or in part at any time after an optional redemption prior to contractual maturity contemporaneously with the optional redemption of the related Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole or in part, subject to possible regulatory approval.

152

---

 

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2016 mature as follows:

 

 

 

10.    Shareholders’ equity

M&T is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $1.00 par value per share. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference, but have no general voting rights.

Issued and outstanding preferred stock of M&T is presented below:

 

 

153

---

 

In addition to the Series A warrants mentioned in (a) above, a warrant to purchase 95,383 shares of M&T common stock at $518.96 per share was outstanding at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The obligation under that warrant was assumed by M&T in an acquisition.

 

 

11.    Stock-based compensation plans

Stock-based compensation expense was $65 million in 2016 and 2014, and $67 million in 2015. The Company recognized income tax benefits related to stock-based compensation of $31 million in 2016, $29 million in 2015 and $31 million in 2014.

The Company’s equity incentive compensation plan allows for the issuance of various forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance-based awards. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, there were 3,667,800 and 3,954,712 shares available for future grant under the Company’s equity incentive compensation plan.

Restricted stock awards

Restricted stock awards are comprised of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards granted since 2014 vest over three years. Restricted stock awards granted prior to 2014 vest over four years. A portion of restricted stock awards granted after 2013 require a performance condition to be met before such awards vest. Unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock was $12 million as of December 31, 2016 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately one year. The Company may issue restricted shares from treasury stock to the extent available or issue new shares. The number of restricted shares issued was 218,341 in 2016, 218,183 in 2015 and 221,822 in 2014, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $24,085,000 in 2016, $24,726,000 in 2015 and $24,765,000 in 2014. Unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock units was $5 million as of December 31, 2016 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately one year. The number of restricted stock units issued was 348,297 in 2016, 324,772 in 2015 and 299,525 in 2014, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $38,795,000, $37,070,000 and $33,406,000, respectively.

A summary of restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity follows:

 

 

Stock option awards

Stock options issued generally vested over four years and are exercisable over terms not exceeding ten years and one day. The Company used an option pricing model to estimate the grant date present value of stock options granted. Stock options granted in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not significant.

154

---

 

A summary of stock option activity follows:

 

 

For 2016, 2015 and 2014, M&T received $172 million, $93 million and $127 million, respectively, in cash and realized tax benefits from the exercise of stock options of $15 million, $6 million and $9 million, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during those periods was $42 million, $17 million and $26 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options was not significant. The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was not significant. Upon the exercise of stock options, the Company may issue shares from treasury stock to the extent available or issue new shares.

Stock purchase plan

The stock purchase plan provides eligible employees of the Company with the right to purchase shares of M&T common stock at a discount through accumulated payroll deductions. In connection with the employee stock purchase plan, 2,500,000 shares of M&T common stock were authorized for issuance under a plan adopted in 2013. There were 97,880 shares issued in 2016, 89,384 shares issued in 2015 and 85,761 shares issued in 2014.  For 2016, 2015 and 2014, M&T received $9,528,000, $9,296,000 and $8,607,000, respectively, in cash for shares purchased through the employee stock purchase plan. Compensation expense recognized for the stock purchase plan was not significant in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

Deferred bonus plan

The Company provided a deferred bonus plan pursuant to which eligible employees could elect to defer all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation awards and allocate such awards to several investment options, including M&T common stock. Participants could elect the timing of distributions from the plan. Such distributions are payable in cash with the exception of balances allocated to M&T common stock which are distributable in the form of M&T common stock. Shares of M&T common stock distributable pursuant to the terms of the deferred bonus plan were 23,188 and 26,365 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The obligation to issue shares is included in “common stock issuable” in the consolidated balance sheet.

Directors’ stock plan

The Company maintains a compensation plan for non-employee members of the Company’s boards of directors and directors advisory councils that allows such members to receive all or a portion of their compensation in shares of M&T common stock. Through December 31, 2016, 243,652 shares had been issued in connection with the directors’ stock plan.

155

---

 

Through acquisitions, the Company assumed obligations to issue shares of M&T common stock related to deferred directors compensation plans. Shares of common stock issuable under such plans were 9,215 and 10,279 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The obligation to issue shares is included in “common stock issuable” in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

12.    Pension plans and other postretirement benefits

The Company provides defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits (including health care and life insurance benefits) to qualified retired employees. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all of its plans.

Net periodic pension expense for defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

 

Net other postretirement benefits expense for defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

 

156

---

 

Data relating to the funding position of the defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

 

The Company has an unfunded supplemental pension plan for certain key executives and others. The projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation included in the preceding data related to such plan were $160,433,000 as of December 31, 2016 and $161,657,000 as of December 31, 2015.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,979,225,000 and $1,951,425,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

157

---

 

GAAP requires an employer to recognize in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit expense, are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. As indicated in the preceding table, as of December 31, 2016 the Company recorded a minimum liability adjustment of $449,916,000 ($464,066,000 related to pension plans and $(14,150,000) related to other postretirement benefits) with a corresponding reduction of shareholders’ equity, net of applicable deferred taxes, of $272,874,000. In aggregate, the benefit plans realized a net gain during 2016 that allowed the Company to decrease its minimum liability adjustment from that which was recorded at December 31, 2015 by $39,743,000 with a corresponding increase to shareholders’ equity that, net of applicable deferred taxes, was $24,105,000. The net gain reflects the amortization of unrealized losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income and the reduction of future benefit accruals under the former Hudson City retirement plan upon its merger with the Company’s qualified pension plan as of December 31, 2016.  The table below reflects the changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income related to the Company’s postretirement benefit plans.

 

 

The following table reflects the amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit expense during 2017:

 

 

158

---

 

The Company also provides a qualified defined contribution pension plan to eligible employees who were not participants in the defined benefit pension plan as of December 31, 2005 and to other employees who have elected to participate in the defined contribution plan. The Company makes contributions to the defined contribution plan each year in an amount that is based on an individual participant’s total compensation (generally defined as total wages, incentive compensation, commissions and bonuses) and years of service. Participants do not contribute to the defined contribution pension plan. Pension expense recorded in 2016, 2015 and 2014 associated with the defined contribution pension plan was approximately $25 million, $23 million and $22 million, respectively.

Assumptions

The assumed weighted-average rates used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 were:

 

 

The assumed weighted-average rates used to determine net benefit expense for the years ended December 31 were:

 

 

The expected long-term rate of return assumption as of each measurement date was developed through analysis of historical market returns, current market conditions, anticipated future asset allocations, the funds’ past experience, and expectations on potential future market returns. The expected rate of return assumption represents a long-term average view of the performance of the plan assets, a return that may or may not be achieved during any one calendar year.

For measurement of other postretirement benefits, a 6.50% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2017. The rate was assumed to decrease to 5.00% over 12 years. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have had the following effects:

 

 

159

---

 

Plan assets

The Company’s policy is to invest the pension plan assets in a prudent manner for the purpose of providing benefit payments to participants and mitigating reasonable expenses of administration. The Company’s investment strategy is designed to provide a total return that, over the long-term, places an emphasis on the preservation of capital. The strategy attempts to maximize investment returns on assets at a level of risk deemed appropriate by the Company while complying with applicable regulations and laws. The investment strategy utilizes asset diversification as a principal determinant for establishing an appropriate risk profile while emphasizing total return realized from capital appreciation, dividends and interest income. The target allocations for plan assets are generally 25 to 60 percent equity securities, 10 to 65 percent debt securities, and 10 to 85 percent money-market funds/cash equivalents and other investments, although holdings could be more or less than these general guidelines based on market conditions at the time and actions taken or recommended by the investment managers providing advice to the Company. Assets are managed by a combination of internal and external investment managers. Equity securities may include investments in domestic and international equities, through individual securities, mutual funds and exchange-traded funds. Debt securities may include investments in corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries, mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government agencies and U.S. Treasury securities, through individual securities and mutual funds. Additionally, the Company’s defined benefit pension plan held $234,969,000 (14.3% of total assets) of real estate, private investments, hedge funds and other investments at December 31, 2016. Returns on invested assets are periodically compared with target market indices for each asset type to aid management in evaluating such returns. Furthermore, management regularly reviews the investment policy and may, if deemed appropriate, make changes to the target allocations noted above.

160

---

 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2016, by asset category, were as follows:

 

 

161

---

 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2015, by asset category, were as follows:

 

 

162

---

 

Pension plan assets included common stock of M&T with a fair value of $164,474,000 (10.0% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2016 and $148,800,000 (9.2% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2015. No other investment in securities of a non-U.S. Government or government agency issuer exceeded ten percent of plan assets at December 31, 2016. Assets subject to Level 3 valuations did not constitute a significant portion of plan assets at December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

The changes in Level 3 pension plan assets measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

 

The Company makes contributions to its funded qualified defined benefit pension plan as required by government regulation or as deemed appropriate by management after considering factors such as the fair value of plan assets, expected returns on such assets, and the present value of benefit obligations of the plan. Subject to the impact of actual events and circumstances that may occur in 2017, the Company may make contributions to the qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2017, but the amount of any such contribution has not yet been determined. The Company did not make any contributions to the plan in 2016 or 2015. The Company regularly funds the payment of benefit obligations for the supplemental defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans because such plans do not hold assets for investment. Payments made by the Company for supplemental pension benefits were $10,772,000 and $8,367,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Payments made by the Company for postretirement benefits were $7,588,000 and $4,022,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Payments for supplemental pension and other postretirement benefits for 2017 are not expected to differ from those made in 2016 by an amount that will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

Estimated benefits expected to be paid in future years related to the Company’s defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits plans are as follows:

 

 

163

---

 

The Company has a retirement savings plan (“RSP”) that is a defined contribution plan in which eligible employees of the Company may defer up to 50% of qualified compensation via contributions to the plan. The Company makes an employer matching contribution in an amount equal to 75% of an employee’s contribution, up to 4.5% of the employee’s qualified compensation. Employees’ accounts, including employee contributions, employer matching contributions and accumulated earnings thereon, are at all times fully vested and nonforfeitable. Employee benefits expense resulting from the Company’s contributions to the RSP totaled $36,766,000, $34,145,000 and $32,466,000 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

13.    Income taxes

The components of income tax expense were as follows:

 

 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return reflecting taxable income earned by all domestic subsidiaries. In prior years, applicable federal tax law allowed certain financial institutions the option of deducting as bad debt expense for tax purposes amounts in excess of actual losses. In accordance with GAAP, such financial institutions were not required to provide deferred income taxes on such excess. Recapture of the excess tax bad debt reserve established under the previously allowed method will result in taxable income if M&T Bank fails to maintain bank status as defined in the Internal Revenue Code or charges are made to the reserve for other than bad debt losses. At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank’s tax bad debt reserve for which no federal income taxes have been provided was $137,121,000. No actions are planned that would cause this reserve to become wholly or partially taxable.

Income taxes attributable to gains or losses on bank investment securities were an expense of $11,929,000 in 2016. There were no significant gains or losses on bank investment securities in 2015 or 2014. No alternative minimum tax expense was recognized in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

164

---

 

Total income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income as follows:

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) were comprised of the following at December 31:

 

 

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies.

The income tax credits shown in the statement of income of M&T in note 25 arise principally from operating losses before dividends from subsidiaries.

165

---

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows:

 

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes in the consolidated statement of income. The balance of accrued interest at December 31, 2016 is included in the table above. The Company’s federal, state and local income tax returns are routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should determinations rendered by tax authorities ultimately indicate that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. Examinations by the Internal Revenue Service of the Company’s federal income tax returns have been largely concluded through 2015, although under statute the income tax returns from 2010 and 2013 through 2015 could be adjusted. The Company also files income tax returns in over forty states and numerous local jurisdictions. Substantially all material state and local matters have been concluded for years through 2012. It is not reasonably possible to estimate when examinations for any subsequent years will be completed.

 

 

166

---

 

14.    Earnings per common share

The computations of basic earnings per common share follow:

 

 

The computations of diluted earnings per common share follow:

 

 

GAAP defines unvested share-based awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) as participating securities that shall be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has issued stock-based compensation awards in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units, which, in accordance with GAAP, are considered participating securities.

167

---

 

Stock-based compensation awards and warrants to purchase common stock of M&T representing common shares of approximately 2,171,000 in 2016, 2,268,000 in 2015 and 2,017,000 in 2014 were not included in the computations of diluted earnings per common share because the effect on those years would have been antidilutive.

 

 

15.    Comprehensive income

The following tables display the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to net income:

 

 

168

---

 

 

169

---

 

 

170

---

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net consisted of the following:

 

 

 

16.    Other income and other expense

The following items, which exceeded 1% of total interest income and other income in the respective period, were included in either “other revenues from operations” or “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income:

 

 

 

17.    International activities

The Company engages in limited international activities including certain trust-related services in Europe, collecting Eurodollar deposits, engaging in foreign currency transactions associated with customer activity, providing credit to support the international activities of domestic companies and holding certain loans to foreign borrowers. Assets and revenues associated with international activities represent less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets and revenues. International assets included $292 million and $265 million of loans to foreign borrowers at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Deposits at M&T Bank’s Cayman Islands office were $202 million and $170 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company uses such deposits to facilitate customer demand and as an alternative to short-term borrowings when the costs of such deposits seem reasonable. Deposits at M&T Bank’s office in Ontario, Canada were $50 million at December 31, 2016 and $35 million at December 31, 2015. Revenues from providing international trust-related services were approximately $25 million in 2016, $26 million in 2015 and $31 million in 2014.

 

 

18.    Derivative financial instruments

As part of managing interest rate risk, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets

171

---

 

and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company designates interest rate swap agreements utilized in the management of interest rate risk as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Interest rate swap agreements are generally entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and most contain master netting and collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. Based on adherence to the Company’s credit standards and the presence of the netting and collateral provisions, the Company believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts was not significant as of December 31, 2016.

The net effect of interest rate swap agreements was to increase net interest income by $37 million in 2016, $44 million in 2015 and $45 million in 2014. The average notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements impacting net interest income that were entered into for interest rate risk management purposes were $1.4 billion in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Information about interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes summarized by type of financial instrument the swap agreements were intended to hedge follows:

 

 

The notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for risk management purposes that were outstanding at December 31, 2016 mature as follows:

 

 

The Company utilizes commitments to sell residential and commercial real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments have generally been designated as fair value hedges. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale.

Derivative financial instruments used for trading account purposes included interest rate contracts, foreign exchange and other option contracts, foreign exchange forward and spot contracts, and financial futures. Interest rate contracts entered into for trading account purposes had notional values of $21.6 billion and $18.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading account purposes aggregated $471 million and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

172

---

 

Information about the fair values of derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income follows:

 

 

 

 

The Company also has commitments to sell and commitments to originate residential and commercial real estate loans that are considered derivatives. The Company designates certain of the commitments to sell real estate loans as fair value hedges of real estate loans held for sale. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. As a result of these activities, net unrealized pre-tax gains related to hedged loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans were approximately $28 million and $18 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Changes in unrealized gains and losses are included in mortgage

173

---

 

banking revenues and, in general, are realized in subsequent periods as the related loans are sold and commitments satisfied.

The Company does not offset derivative asset and liability positions in its consolidated financial statements. The Company’s exposure to credit risk by entering into derivative contracts is mitigated through master netting agreements and collateral posting requirements. Master netting agreements covering interest rate and foreign exchange contracts with the same party include a right to set-off that becomes enforceable in the event of default, early termination or under other specific conditions.

The aggregate fair value of derivative financial instruments in a liability position, which are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, was $34 million and $59 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. After consideration of such netting arrangements, the net liability positions with counterparties aggregated $30 million and $55 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company was required to post collateral relating to those positions of $27 million and $52 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Certain of the Company’s derivative financial instruments contain provisions that require the Company to maintain specific credit ratings from credit rating agencies to avoid higher collateral posting requirements. If the Company’s debt ratings were to fall below specified ratings, the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments could demand immediate incremental collateralization on those instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative financial instruments with such credit risk-related contingent features in a net liability position on December 31, 2016 was $2 million, for which the Company was not required to post collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit risk-related contingent features had been triggered on December 31, 2016, the maximum amount of additional collateral the Company would have been required to post with counterparties was $2 million.

The aggregate fair value of derivative financial instruments in an asset position, which are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, was $15 million and $23 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. After consideration of such netting arrangements, the net asset positions with counterparties aggregated $11 million and $19 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Counterparties posted collateral relating to those positions of $9 million and $22 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Trading account interest rate swap agreements entered into with customers are subject to the Company’s credit risk standards and often contain collateral provisions.

In addition to the derivative contracts noted above, the Company clears certain derivative transactions through a clearinghouse, rather than directly with counterparties. Those transactions cleared through a clearinghouse require initial margin collateral and additional collateral depending on the contracts being in a net asset or liability position. The amount of initial margin posted by the Company was $111 million and $52 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The net fair values of derivative instruments cleared through clearinghouses for which variation margin is required was a net asset position of $63 million at December 31, 2016. Collateral posted by the clearinghouses associated with that net asset position was $81 million at December 31, 2016. The net fair values of derivative instruments cleared through clearinghouses for which variation margin is required was a net liability position of $50 million at December 31, 2015. Collateral posted by the Company associated with that net liability position was $47 million at December 31, 2015.

 

 

19.    Variable interest entities and asset securitizations

In accordance with GAAP, the Company determined that it was the primary beneficiary of a residential mortgage loan securitization trust considering its role as servicer and its retained subordinated interests in the trust. As a result, the Company had included the one-to-four family residential mortgage loans that were included in the trust in its consolidated financial statements. In

174

---

 

the first quarter of 2016, the securitization trust was terminated as the Company exercised its right to purchase the underlying mortgage loans pursuant to the clean-up call provisions of the trust.  At December 31, 2015, the carrying value of the loans in the securitization trust was $81 million. The outstanding principal amount of mortgage-backed securities issued by the qualified special purpose trust that was held by parties unrelated to M&T at December 31, 2015 was $13 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company securitized one-to-four family residential real estate loans that had been originated for sale in guaranteed mortgage securitizations with Ginnie Mae totaling $24 million, $65 million and $135 million, respectively, and retained those securities in its investment securities portfolio. Pre-tax gains on such transactions were not material. As a result of the securitization structures, the Company does not have effective control over the underlying loans and expects no material credit-related losses on the retained securities as a result of the guarantees by Ginnie Mae.

As described in note 9, M&T has issued junior subordinated debentures payable to various trusts that have issued Capital Securities. M&T owns the common securities of those trust entities. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of those entities and, accordingly, the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company included the junior subordinated debentures as “long-term borrowings” in its consolidated balance sheet and recognized $24 million in other assets for its “investment” in the common securities of the trusts that will be concomitantly repaid to M&T by the respective trust from the proceeds of M&T’s repayment of the junior subordinated debentures associated with preferred capital securities described in note 9.

The Company has invested as a limited partner in various partnerships that collectively had total assets of approximately $1.0 billion at December 31, 2016 and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015. Those partnerships generally construct or acquire properties for which the investing partners are eligible to receive certain federal income tax credits in accordance with government guidelines. Such investments may also provide tax deductible losses to the partners. The partnership investments also assist the Company in achieving its community reinvestment initiatives. As a limited partner, there is no recourse to the Company by creditors of the partnerships. However, the tax credits that result from the Company’s investments in such partnerships are generally subject to recapture should a partnership fail to comply with the respective government regulations. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss of its investments in such partnerships was $294 million, including $102 million of unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2016 and $295 million, including $78 million of unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2015. Contingent commitments to provide additional capital contributions to these partnerships were not material at December 31, 2016. The Company has not provided financial or other support to the partnerships that was not contractually required. Management currently estimates that no material losses are probable as a result of the Company’s involvement with such entities. The Company, in its position as limited partner, does not direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the partnerships and, therefore, in accordance with the accounting provisions for variable interest entities, the partnership entities are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company’s investment cost is amortized to income taxes in the consolidated statement of income as tax credits and other tax benefits resulting from deductible losses associated with the projects are received.

The Company serves as investment advisor for certain registered money-market funds. The Company has no explicit arrangement to provide support to those funds, but may waive portions of its allowable management fees as a result of market conditions.

 

 

175

---

 

20.    Fair value measurements

GAAP permits an entity to choose to measure eligible financial instruments and other items at fair value. The Company has not made any fair value elections at December 31, 2016.

Pursuant to GAAP, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy exists in GAAP for fair value measurements based upon the inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability.

When available, the Company attempts to use quoted market prices in active markets to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1 or Level 2. If quoted market prices in active markets are not available, fair value is often determined using model-based techniques incorporating various assumptions including interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using model-based techniques are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowest level classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis at estimated fair value.

Trading account assets and liabilities

Trading account assets and liabilities consist primarily of interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange contracts with customers who require such services with offsetting positions with third parties to minimize the Company’s risk with respect to such transactions. The Company generally determines the fair value of its derivative trading account assets and liabilities using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and, therefore, classifies such valuations as Level 2. Mutual funds held in connection with deferred compensation and other arrangements have been classified as Level 1 valuations. Valuations of investments in municipal and other bonds can generally be obtained through reference to quoted prices in less active markets for the same or similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2.

Investment securities available for sale

The majority of the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities have been valued by reference to prices for similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2. Certain investments in mutual funds and equity securities are actively traded and, therefore, have been classified as Level 1 valuations.

Included in collateralized debt obligations at December 31, 2015 were securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities. As disclosed in note 3, the Company sold its collateralized debt obligations in 2016. The Company performed internal modeling

176

---

 

to estimate the cash flows and fair value of its portfolio of securities backed by trust preferred securities at December 31, 2015. The modeling techniques included estimating cash flows using bond-specific assumptions about future collateral defaults and related loss severities. The resulting cash flows were then discounted by reference to market yields observed in the single-name trust preferred securities market. In determining a market yield applicable to the estimated cash flows, a margin over LIBOR, ranging from 4% to 10% with a weighted-average of 8% was used. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of collateralized debt obligations are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements. At December 31, 2015, the total amortized cost and fair value of securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities were $28 million and $47 million, respectively.

Real estate loans held for sale

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of real estate loans held for sale. The carrying value of hedged real estate loans held for sale includes changes in estimated fair value during the hedge period. Typically, the Company attempts to hedge real estate loans held for sale from the date of close through the sale date. The fair value of hedged real estate loans held for sale is generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans with similar characteristics and, accordingly, such loans have been classified as a Level 2 valuation.

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans

The Company enters into various commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans. Such commitments are considered to be derivative financial instruments and, therefore, are carried at estimated fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The estimated fair values of such commitments were generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans to certain government-sponsored entities and other parties. The fair valuations of commitments to sell real estate loans generally result in a Level 2 classification. The estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are adjusted to reflect the Company’s anticipated commitment expirations. The estimated commitment expirations are considered significant unobservable inputs contributing to the Level 3 classification of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements.

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company generally determines the fair value of its interest rate swap agreements using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and, therefore, classifies such valuations as Level 2. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap agreement assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap agreement liabilities.

177

---

 

The following tables present assets and liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

178

---

 

 

179

---

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

 

180

---

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

 

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of certain assets or provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value measurements. The more significant of those assets follow.

Loans

Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans when establishing the allowance for credit losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and, as a result, the carrying value of the loan less the calculated valuation amount does not necessarily represent the fair value of the loan. Real estate collateral is typically valued using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2, unless significant adjustments have been made to the valuation that are not readily observable by market participants. Non-real estate collateral supporting commercial loans generally consists of business assets such as receivables, inventory and equipment. Fair value estimations are typically determined by discounting recorded values of those assets to reflect estimated net realizable value considering specific borrower facts and circumstances and the experience of credit personnel in their dealings with similar borrower collateral liquidations. Such discounts were generally in the range of 15% to 90% at December 31,

181

---

 

2016. As these discounts are not readily observable and are considered significant, the valuations have been classified as Level 3. Automobile collateral is typically valued by reference to independent pricing sources based on recent sales transactions of similar vehicles, and the related non-recurring fair value measurement adjustments have been classified as Level 2. Collateral values for other consumer installment loans are generally estimated based on historical recovery rates for similar types of loans. As these recovery rates are not readily observable by market participants, such valuation adjustments have been classified as Level 3. Loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $293 million at December 31, 2016, ($153 million and $140 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively), $210 million at December 31, 2015 ($106 million and $104 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively), and $173 million at December 31, 2014 ($94 million and $79 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively). Changes in fair value recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 for partial charge-offs of loans and loan impairment reserves on loans held by the Company at the end of each of those years were decreases of $71 million, $75 million and $55 million, respectively.

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are generally measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of the real property is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace, and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2. Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $56 million and $29 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Changes in fair value recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 for foreclosed assets held by the Company at the end of each of those years were not material.

182

---

 

Significant unobservable inputs to level 3 measurements

The following tables present quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements for Level 3 assets and liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

Sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs

An increase (decrease) in the estimate of expirations for commitments to originate real estate loans would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Estimated commitment expirations are derived considering loan type, changes in interest rates and remaining length of time until closing.

An increase (decrease) in the probability of default and loss severity for collateralized debt securities would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement.

 

183

---

 

Disclosures of fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair value for financial instrument assets (liabilities) are presented in the following table:

 

 

184

---

 

 

With the exception of marketable securities, certain off-balance sheet financial instruments and mortgage loans originated for sale, the Company’s financial instruments are not readily marketable and market prices do not exist. The Company, in attempting to comply with the provisions of GAAP that require disclosures of fair value of financial instruments, has not attempted to market its financial instruments to potential buyers, if any exist. Since negotiated prices in illiquid markets depend greatly upon the then present motivations of the buyer and seller, it is reasonable to assume that actual sales prices could vary widely from any estimate of fair value made without the benefit of negotiations. Additionally, changes in market interest rates can dramatically impact the value of financial instruments in a short period of time. The following assumptions, methods and calculations were used in determining the estimated fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet.

185

---

 

Cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing deposits at banks, deposits at Cayman Islands office, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable

Due to the nature of cash and cash equivalents and the near maturity of interest-bearing deposits at banks, deposits at Cayman Islands office, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable, the Company estimated that the carrying amount of such instruments approximated estimated fair value.

Investment securities

Estimated fair values of investments in readily marketable securities were generally based on quoted market prices. Investment securities that were not readily marketable were assigned amounts based on estimates provided by outside parties or modeling techniques that relied upon discounted calculations of projected cash flows or, in the case of other investment securities, which include capital stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, at an amount equal to the carrying amount.

Loans and leases

In general, discount rates used to calculate values for loan products were based on the Company’s pricing at the respective period end. A higher discount rate was assumed with respect to estimated cash flows associated with nonaccrual loans. Projected loan cash flows were adjusted for estimated credit losses. However, such estimates made by the Company may not be indicative of assumptions and adjustments that a purchaser of the Company’s loans and leases would seek.

Deposits

Pursuant to GAAP, the estimated fair value ascribed to noninterest-bearing deposits, savings deposits and interest-checking deposits must be established at carrying value because of the customers’ ability to withdraw funds immediately. Time deposit accounts are required to be revalued based upon prevailing market interest rates for similar maturity instruments. As a result, amounts assigned to time deposits were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates based on the Company’s pricing at the respective date for deposits with comparable remaining terms to maturity.

The Company believes that deposit accounts have a value greater than that prescribed by GAAP. The Company feels, however, that the value associated with these deposits is greatly influenced by characteristics of the buyer, such as the ability to reduce the costs of servicing the deposits and deposit attrition which often occurs following an acquisition.

Long-term borrowings

The amounts assigned to long-term borrowings were based on quoted market prices, when available, or were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates for borrowings of similar terms and credit risk.

Other commitments and contingencies

As described in note 21, in the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding, such as loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit. The Company’s pricing of such financial instruments is based largely on credit quality and relationship, probability of funding and other requirements. Loan commitments often have fixed expiration dates and contain termination and other clauses which provide for relief from funding in the event of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the customer. The rates and terms of the Company’s

186

---

 

loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit are competitive with other financial institutions operating in markets served by the Company. The Company believes that the carrying amounts, which are included in other liabilities, are reasonable estimates of the fair value of these financial instruments.

 

The Company does not believe that the estimated information presented herein is representative of the earnings power or value of the Company. The preceding analysis, which is inherently limited in depicting fair value, also does not consider any value associated with existing customer relationships nor the ability of the Company to create value through loan origination, deposit gathering or fee generating activities. Many of the estimates presented herein are based upon the use of highly subjective information and assumptions and, accordingly, the results may not be precise. Management believes that fair value estimates may not be comparable between financial institutions due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made. Furthermore, because the disclosed fair value amounts were estimated as of the balance sheet date, the amounts actually realized or paid upon maturity or settlement of the various financial instruments could be significantly different.

 

 

21.    Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding. The following table presents the Company’s significant commitments. Certain of these commitments are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, generally having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, whereas commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being funded when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and a third party. The credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved with extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s creditworthiness.

187

---

 

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts are oftentimes similar to standby letters of credit and include mandatory purchase agreements issued to ensure that customer obligations are fulfilled, recourse obligations associated with sold loans, and other guarantees of customer performance or compliance with designated rules and regulations. Included in financial guarantees and indemnification contracts are loan principal amounts sold with recourse in conjunction with the Company’s involvement in the Fannie Mae DUS program. The Company’s maximum credit risk for recourse associated with loans sold under this program totaled approximately $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Since many loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and guarantees and indemnification contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments are considered derivatives and along with commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale are generally recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair market value.

The Company occupies certain banking offices and uses certain equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates over the next 22 years. Minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are summarized in the following table:

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold residential real estate loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues by an estimate for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges is based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. Nevertheless, given the outcome of the matter discussed in the following paragraph, at December 31, 2016 the Company’s remaining obligation to loan purchasers was not considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

The Company was the subject of an investigation by government agencies relating to the origination of Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) insured residential home loans and residential home loans sold to The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and Fannie Mae. A number of other U.S. financial institutions have announced similar investigations. Regarding FHA loans, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) Office of Inspector General and the U.S. Department of Justice (collectively, the “Government”) investigated whether the Company complied with underwriting guidelines concerning certain loans where HUD paid FHA insurance claims. The Company fully cooperated with the investigation. The Government advised the Company that based upon its review of a sample of loans for which an FHA insurance

188

---

 

claim was paid by HUD, some of the loans did not meet underwriting guidelines. The Company, based on its own review of the sample, did not agree with the sampling methodology and loan analysis employed by the Government. Regarding loans originated by the Company and sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, the investigation concerned whether the mortgages sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae complied with applicable underwriting guidelines. The Company also cooperated with that portion of the investigation. In order to bring those investigations to a close, M&T Bank entered into a settlement agreement with the Government under which M&T Bank paid $64 million on May 12, 2016, without admitting liability. As a result, on May 20, 2016, a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal was filed with the United States District Court for the Western District of New York. The settlement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations in the year ended December 31, 2016.

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings and other matters in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. On an on-going basis management, after consultation with legal counsel, assesses the Company’s liabilities and contingencies in connection with such proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

  

 

 

22.    Segment information

Reportable segments have been determined based upon the Company’s internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking.

The financial information of the Company’s segments was compiled utilizing the accounting policies described in note 1 with certain exceptions. The more significant of these exceptions are described herein. The Company allocates interest income or interest expense using a methodology that charges users of funds (assets) interest expense and credits providers of funds (liabilities) with income based on the maturity, prepayment and/or repricing characteristics of the assets and liabilities. The net effect of this allocation is recorded in the “All Other” category. A provision for credit losses is allocated to segments in an amount based largely on actual net charge-offs incurred by the segment during the period plus or minus an amount necessary to adjust the segment’s allowance for credit losses due to changes in loan balances. In contrast, the level of the consolidated provision for credit losses is determined using the methodologies described in notes 1 and 5. Indirect fixed and variable expenses incurred by certain centralized support areas are allocated to segments based on actual usage (for example, volume measurements) and other criteria. Certain types of administrative expenses and bankwide expense accruals (including amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets associated with acquisitions of financial institutions) are generally not allocated to segments. Income taxes are allocated to segments based on the Company’s marginal statutory tax rate adjusted for any tax-exempt income or non-deductible expenses. Equity is allocated to the segments based on regulatory

189

---

 

capital requirements and in proportion to an assessment of the inherent risks associated with the business of the segment (including interest, credit and operating risk).

The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segment results are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. During 2016, the Company revised its funds transfer pricing allocation related to borrowings and to the residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City, retroactive to 2015. Accordingly, segment financial information for the year ended December 31, 2015 has been reclassified to conform to the current methodology. As a result, net interest income, income tax expense and net income increased in the Discretionary Portfolio segment and decreased in the “All Other” category by $12 million, $5 million and $7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 from that which was previously reported.  

 

 

Information about the Company’s segments is presented in the accompanying table. Income statement amounts are in thousands of dollars. Balance sheet amounts are in millions of dollars.

 

 

190

---

 

The Business Banking segment provides deposit, lending, cash management and other financial services to small businesses and professionals through the Company’s banking office network and several other delivery channels, including business banking centers, telephone banking, Internet banking and automated teller machines. The Commercial Banking segment provides a wide range of credit products and banking services to middle-market and large commercial customers, mainly within the markets the Company serves. Among the services provided by this segment are commercial lending and leasing, letters of credit, deposit products and cash management services. The Commercial Real Estate segment provides credit services which are secured by various types of multifamily residential and commercial real estate and deposit services to its customers. Activities of this segment include the origination, sales and servicing of commercial real estate loans. Commercial real estate loans held for sale are included in the Commercial Real Estate Segment. The Discretionary Portfolio segment includes securities; residential real estate loans and other assets; short-term and long-term borrowed funds; brokered deposits; and Cayman Islands branch deposits. This segment also provides foreign exchange services to customers. Residential real estate loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition on November 1, 2015 are included in this segment. The Residential Mortgage Banking segment originates and services residential real estate loans for consumers and sells substantially all of those loans in the secondary market to investors or to the Discretionary Portfolio segment. The segment periodically purchases servicing rights to loans that have been originated by other entities. Residential real estate loans held for sale are included in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment. The Retail Banking segment offers a variety of services to consumers through several delivery channels that include banking offices, automated teller machines, and telephone, mobile and Internet banking. Consumer loans and deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City have been included in this segment. The “All Other” category includes other operating activities of the Company that are not directly attributable to the reported segments; the difference between the provision for credit losses and the calculated provision allocated to the reportable segments; goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from acquisitions of financial institutions; merger-related gains and expenses resulting from acquisitions; the net impact of the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing methodology; eliminations of transactions between reportable segments; certain nonrecurring transactions; the residual effects of unallocated support systems and general and administrative expenses; and the impact of interest rate risk management strategies. The amount of intersegment activity eliminated in arriving at consolidated totals was included in the “All Other” category as follows:

 

 

The Company conducts substantially all of its operations in the United States. There are no transactions with a single customer that in the aggregate result in revenues that exceed ten percent of consolidated total revenues.

 

 

191

---

 

23.    Regulatory matters

Payment of dividends by M&T’s banking subsidiaries is restricted by various legal and regulatory limitations. Dividends from any banking subsidiary to M&T are limited by the amount of earnings of the banking subsidiary in the current year and the preceding two years. For purposes of this test, at December 31, 2016, approximately $627 million was available for payment of dividends to M&T from banking subsidiaries. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board requires bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets to submit annual capital plans. Such bank holding companies may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan that the Federal Reserve Board has not objected to.

Banking regulations prohibit extensions of credit by the subsidiary banks to M&T unless appropriately secured by assets. Securities of affiliates are not eligible as collateral for this purpose.

The bank subsidiaries are required to maintain reserves against certain deposit liabilities. During the maintenance periods that included December 31, 2016 and 2015, cash and due from banks and interest-earning deposits at banks included a daily average of $594,831,000 and $664,586,000, respectively, for such purpose.

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy regulations established by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Pursuant to the rules in effect as of December 31, 2016, the required minimum and well capitalized capital ratios are as follows:

 

 

In addition, capital regulations provide for the phase-in of a “capital conservation buffer” composed entirely of CET1 on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%. For 2016, the phase-in transition portion of that buffer was .625%.

192

---

 

The capital ratios and amounts of the Company and its banking subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented below:

 

 

 

 

193

---

 

 

24.    Relationship with Bayview Lending Group LLC and Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P.

M&T holds a 20% minority interest in Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”), a privately-held commercial mortgage company. M&T recognizes income or loss from BLG using the equity method of accounting. The carrying value of that investment was $12 million at December 31, 2016.

Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “Bayview Financial”), a privately-held specialty financial company, is BLG’s majority investor. In addition to their common investment in BLG, the Company and Bayview Financial conduct other business activities with each other. The Company has obtained loan servicing rights for mortgage loans from BLG and Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances of $3.5 billion and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Revenues from those servicing rights were $19 million, $23 million and $26 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company sub-services residential real estate loans for Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances totaling $30.4 billion and $37.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Revenues earned for sub-servicing loans for Bayview Financial were $98 million in 2016 and $115 million in each of 2015 and 2014. In addition, the Company held $158 million and $181 million of mortgage-backed securities in its held-to-maturity portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, that were securitized by Bayview Financial.

 

 

25.    Parent company financial statements

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

 

194

---

 

Condensed Statement of Income

 

 

195

---

 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

  

196

---

 

26.    Recent accounting developments

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company adopted amended accounting guidance relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities that modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities and eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The amended guidance also eliminates certain conditions in the assessment of whether fees paid by a legal entity to a decision maker or a service provider represent a variable interest in the legal entity and reduces the extent to which related party arrangements cause an entity to be considered a primary beneficiary. The new guidance eliminates the indefinite deferral of existing consolidation guidance for certain investment funds, but provides a scope exception for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  

In January 2016, the Company also adopted amended accounting guidance for debt issuance costs. The guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position at January 1, 2016.

In the first quarter of 2016, the Company adopted amended accounting guidance for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amended guidance requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. The total amount of compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period should reflect the number of awards that are expected to vest and should be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. The requisite service period ends when the employee can cease rendering service and still be eligible to vest in the award if the performance target is achieved. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Amended accounting guidance for measurement-period adjustments related to business combinations was also adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2016. The amended guidance requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The acquirer is now required to record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments to the guidance, an entity should perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized,

197

---

 

however, should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable.  The guidance is effective for annual periods or any interim goodwill impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2019 using a prospective transition method. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, unless at some point in the future one of its reporting units were to fail step 1 of the goodwill impairment test.

In January 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance clarifying the definition of a business for purposes of evaluating whether transactions would be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendments provide a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar assets, the set is not a business. If the screen is not met, the amendments (1) require that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output, and (2) remove the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 using a prospective transition method. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance for the presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows.  The guidance requires that restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows.  In addition, when cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item within the statement of financial position, the line items and amounts must be presented on the face of the statement of cash flows or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.  Information about the nature of restrictions on an entity’s cash and cash equivalents must also be disclosed.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, using a retrospective transition method.  The Company is evaluating the impact the guidance may have on the presentation of its consolidated statement of cash flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance for how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows.  The guidance addresses the following eight specific cash flow issues: 1) cash payments for debt extinguishment costs should be classified as cash outflows for financing activities; 2) for zero-coupon debt instruments, the portion of the cash payment attributable to the accreted interest should be classified as a cash outflow for operating activities; 3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination should be classified based on the timing of the payment; 4) cash proceeds received from the settlement of insurance claims should be classified on the basis of the related insurance coverage; 5)  cash proceeds received from the settlement of corporate-owned and bank-owned life insurance policies should be classified as cash inflows from investing activities; 6) when the equity method is applied, an accounting policy election should be made to classify distributions received using either the cumulative earnings approach or the nature of the distribution approach; 7) cash receipts from payments on a transferor’s beneficial interests obtained in a securitization of financial assets should be classified as cash inflows from investing activities; and 8) the classification of cash receipts and payments that have aspects of more than one class of cash flows should be determined by applying specific guidance in GAAP.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  The Company is evaluating the impact the guidance may have on the presentation within its consolidated statement of cash flows.

198

---

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance for the measurement of credit losses on certain financial assets. The amended guidance requires financial assets measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected.  The allowance for credit losses will represent a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present their net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected. The income statement will reflect the measurement of credit losses for newly recognized financial assets as well as expected increases or decreases of expected credit losses that have taken place during the period. When determining the allowance, expected credit losses over the contractual term of the financial asset(s) (taking into account prepayments) will be estimated considering relevant information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amount.  The amended guidance also requires recording an allowance for credit losses for purchased financial assets with a more-than-insignificant amount of credit deterioration since origination.  The initial allowance for these assets will be added to the purchase price at acquisition rather than being reported as an expense.  Subsequent changes in the allowance will be recorded through the income statement as an expense adjustment.  In addition, the amended guidance requires credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses. The calculation of credit losses for available-for-sale securities will be similar to how it is determined under existing guidance.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019.  The Company is assessing the new guidance to determine what modifications to existing credit estimation processes may be required.  The Company expects that the new guidance will result in an increase in its allowance for credit losses as a result of considering credit losses over the expected life of its loan portfolios. Increases in the level of the allowance for credit losses will also reflect new requirements to include the nonaccretable principal difference on purchased credit impaired loans and estimated credit losses on investment securities classified as held-to-maturity, if any.  The Company is still evaluating the extent of the increase to the allowance for credit losses and the impact to its financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for share-based transactions.  The amended guidance requires that all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and that such amounts be recognized in the period in which the tax deduction arises or in the period in which an expiration of an award occurs.  The guidance allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur.  The guidance permits share-based awards that allow for the withholding of shares up to the maximum statutory tax rate in applicable jurisdictions to qualify for equity classification.  The previous GAAP threshold was restricted to the employer’s minimum statutory withholding requirements.   The guidance also specifies certain changes to the reporting of share-based transactions on the statement of cash flows and is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  The Company expects adoption of the guidance will result in increased volatility to reported income tax expense related to excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies for share-based transactions, but the actual amounts recognized in tax expense will be dependent on the amount of share-based transactions entered into and the stock price at the time of vesting.

In March 2016, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for the transition to the equity method of accounting.  The amended guidance eliminates the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method has been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held.  Instead, the amended guidance requires the investor to adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment first qualifies for such

199

---

 

accounting.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued two amendments to its rules on accounting for derivatives and hedging.  The first amendment clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met.  The second amendment clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts.  An entity performing the assessment is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with a four-step decision sequence and no longer has to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise the option is related to interest rates or credit risks.  Both amendments are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted.  The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.  

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance related to the accounting for leases.  The core principle of the guidance is that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee and, therefore, lease assets and lease liabilities should be recognized in the balance sheet.  Lease assets will be recognized as a right-of-use asset and lease liabilities will be recognized as a liability to make lease payments.  While the guidance requires all leases to be recognized in the balance sheet, there continues to be a differentiation between finance leases and operating leases for purposes of income statement recognition and cash flow statement presentation.  For finance leases, interest on the lease liability and amortization of the right-of-use asset will be recognized separately in the statement of income.  Repayments of principal on those lease liabilities will be classified within financing activities and payments of interest on the lease liability will be classified within operating activities in the statement of cash flows.  For operating leases, a single lease cost is recognized in the statement of income and allocated over the lease term, generally on a straight-line basis.  All cash payments are presented within operating activities in the statement of cash flows.  The accounting applied by lessors is largely unchanged from existing GAAP, however, the guidance eliminates the accounting model for leveraged leases for leases that commence after the effective date of the guidance.  The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  The Company occupies certain banking offices and uses certain equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements, which currently are not reflected in its consolidated balance sheet.  Upon adoption of the guidance, the Company expects to report increased assets and increased liabilities as a result of recognizing right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet. As described in note 21 of the Notes to Financial Statements, the Company is committed to $467 million of minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating lease agreements at December 31, 2016.  The Company does not expect the new guidance will have a material impact to its consolidated statement of income.

In January 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance related to recognition and measurement of financial assets and liabilities. The amended guidance requires that equity investments (excluding those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. An entity can elect to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost less impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer. The impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values is simplified by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment at fair value. The guidance eliminates the requirement

200

---

 

for public business entities to disclose the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet. Further, the guidance requires public entities to use the exit price when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The guidance also requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income, a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure a liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. Separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by measurement category and type of instrument on the balance sheet or accompanying notes to the financial statements is required. The guidance also clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. This guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is still evaluating the impact the guidance could have on its consolidated financial statements, however, it does hold certain equity securities in its available-for-sale portfolio.  Upon adoption of this guidance, fair value changes in such equity securities will be recognized in the consolidated statement of income as opposed to accumulated other comprehensive income where they are recognized under current accounting guidance.

In May 2014, the FASB issued amended accounting and disclosure guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the accounting guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The guidance also specifies the accounting for some costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. The amended disclosure guidance requires sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date of this guidance by one year. The amended guidance is now effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The guidance should be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial application (the “modified retrospective approach”).  At present, the Company expects to adopt the revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 using the modified retrospective approach.  A significant amount of the Company’s revenues are derived from net interest income on financial assets and liabilities, which are excluded from the scope of the amended guidance.  With respect to noninterest income, the Company has identified revenue streams within the scope of the guidance, and is performing an evaluation of the underlying revenue contracts.  To date, the Company has not yet identified any material changes in the timing of revenue recognition when considering the amended accounting guidance, however, the Company’s implementation efforts are ongoing and such assessments may change prior to the January 1, 2018 implementation date.

 

 

201

---

 

None.

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation of the effectiveness of M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and Darren J. King, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016.

(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Included under the heading “Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm. Included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting. M&T regularly assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and enhances its controls in response to internal control assessments and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. No changes in internal control over financial reporting have been identified in connection with the evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, M&T’s internal control over financial reporting.

None.

PART III

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Items 401, 405, 406 and 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will be included in M&T’s Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 7, 2017 (the “2017 Proxy Statement”).  The information concerning M&T’s directors will appear under the caption “NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR” in the 2017 Proxy Statement. The information regarding compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act will appear under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2017 Proxy Statement. The information concerning M&T’s Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers will appear under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF M&T BANK CORPORATION” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  The information regarding M&T’s Audit Committee will appear under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF M&T BANK CORPORATION.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The information concerning M&T’s executive officers is presented under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

202

---

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Items 402 and 407 of Regulation S-K will appear under the captions “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION,” “DIRECTOR COMPENSATION,” “NOMINATION, COMPENSATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION,” and “NOMINATION, COMPENSATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 403 of Regulation S-K will appear under the caption “STOCK OWNERSHIP INFORMATION” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 201(d) concerning equity compensation plans is presented under the caption “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” contained in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Items 404 and 407 of Regulation S-K will appear under the caption “TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” and “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF M&T BANK CORPORATION” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required to be furnished by Item 9 of Schedule 14A will appear under the caption “PROPOSAL TO RATIFY THE APPOINTMENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP AS THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM OF M&T BANK CORPORATION FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2017” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

(a) Financial statements and financial statement schedules filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Financial statement schedules are not required or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

(b) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been previously filed, are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other filings.

(c) Additional financial statement schedules. None.

None.

203

---

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 22nd day of February, 2017.

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

204

---

 

  

205

---

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

206

---

 

207

---

 

 

  

 

208

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this 21st day of July,

1994, by and between Manufacturers and Traders Trust (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and Brian J. Hickey, an individual residing at 73 Caversham Woods, Pittsford, NY 14534 (hereinafter referred to as "Executive").

 

WITNESSETH, THAT:

WHEREAS, Executive is presently employed by the Company in a key executive position and possesses substantial talent, ability and unique business experience which has been and will continue to be a great value to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to secure for itself the continued services of Executive and to provide certain additional retirement benefits for Executive in consideration of his past and future services;

IT IS NOW THEREFORE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1.DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as set forth in this Section 1.

1.1"Retirement Plan" shall mean the First Empire State Corporation Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.

1.2"Average Annual Compensation" and "Compensation" shall have the same meanings accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan, except that limits imposed by Internal Revenue code Section 401(a)(17) shall not apply, and further provided that until Executive has received Compensation for at least five (5) consecutive calendar years, Average Annual Compensation shall be based upon the calendar years during which Executive actually receives Compensation (Compensation received during such years, divided by the number of such years).

1

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

1.3"Years of Service" shall have the same meaning accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan for vesting purposes.

1.4"Accrued Pension Benefit" shall have the same meaning accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan.

1.5"Benefit Accrual Years" shall have the same meaning accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan.

2.ELIGIBILITY FOR AND AMOUNT OF SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT.

2.1Termination of Employment Prior to Becoming Vested in the Retirement Plan.  Upon Executive's termination of employment with no vested benefit under the Retirement Plan, except in the case of the Executive's termination by the Company for fraud, dishonesty, theft, or other unlawful actions, the Company agrees to pay Executive a monthly retirement benefit equal in amount to an Accrued Pension Benefit determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan based on his Average Annual Compensation calculated as of his date of employment termination plus five (5) additional Benefit Accrual Years. Commencement and payment (but not eligibility for) of a monthly retirement benefit under this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Retirement Plan.

2.2Termination of Employment After Becoming Vested in the Retirement Plan. Upon Executive's termination of employment with a vested benefit under the

Retirement Plan, except in the case of the Executive's termination by the Company for fraud, dishonesty, theft, or other unlawful actions, the Company agrees to pay Executive a monthly retirement benefit equal in amount to the differences of (a) minus (b) where: (a) is the Accrued Pension Benefit determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan based on his Average Annual Compensation calculated as of his date of employment termination plus five (5) additional Benefit Accrual Years and (b) is the nonforfeitable benefit due to be paid by the

2

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

Retirement Plan.  Commencement and payment of (but not eligibility for) a monthly retirement benefit under the Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Retirement Plan.

3.MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

3.1Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and Executive and their respective successors and assigns, provided, however, that, except as set forth herein, no rights of any kind under this Agreement shall, without the written consent of the Company, be transferable or assignable by Executive or any other person, or be subject to alienation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, voluntary or involuntary.

3.2Interpretation. All questions of interpretation, construction of application arising under this Agreement shall be decided by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose decision shall be final and conclusive upon all persons.

3.3 Savings Clause. In the event that any provision or term of this Agreement is finally determined by an judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative body to be void or not enforceable for any reason, it is the agreed upon intent of the parties hereto that all other provisions or terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and that the Agreement shall be enforceable as is such void or non-enforceable provision or term had never been a part hereof.

3.4Governing Law. This Agreement is executed in and shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

3.5No Rights in Any Property of Company. The undertakings of the Company herein constitute merely the unsecured promise of the Company to make the payments as provided for herein. No property of the Company is or shall, by reason of this Agreement, be held in trust for Executive, or any other person, and neither Executive nor any

3

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

other person shall have by reason of the Agreement, any rights, title or interest of any kind in or to any property of the Company.

3.6Employment of Executive by Company. Nothing herein shall be construed as an offer or commitment by the Company to continue Executive's employment with the Company for any period of time.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first above written.

 

MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST

 

"Company"

 

 

 

By  /s/ Ray E. Logan

 

 

 

 

 

   /s/  Brian E. Hickey

"Executive"

4

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT OF

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment of the Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement is made and entered into effective August 1, 2006 by and between Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) and Brian E. Hickey, an individual residing at 14 Stefenage Court, Pittsford, New York 14534 (hereinafter referred to as “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into that certain Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement dated July 21, 1994 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreement to clarify and reflect the mutual understanding and intentions of the parties with respect to the Agreement and to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as amended by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.Definitions.Except as expressly stated otherwise herein, capitalized terms in this First Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

2.Amendments.

(a)Section 1.1 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting the words “First Empire State Corporation Retirement Plan” and by substituting therefor “M&T Bank Corporation Pension

Plan”

 

(b)Section 1.2 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and by substituting a new Section 1.2 to read as follows:

 

 

(c)Section 1.4 of the Agreement is amended by adding after the term “Retirement Plan” the following words: “determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan as in effect on January 1, 2006”.

 

(d)Section 1 shall be amended by adding at the end thereof new subsections 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10, 1.11, 1.12, and 1.13 to read as follows:

1

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)The first sentence of Section 2.1 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the words “determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan”.

(f)Section 2.1 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof and by substituting a new sentence to read as follows:

“Commencement and payment of (but not eligibility for) a monthly benefit under this Agreement shall be subject to the Executive’s election pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.”

(g) The first sentence of Section 2.2 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the words “determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan” from clause (a).

2

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

(h)Section 2.2 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof and by substituting a new sentence to read as follows:

“Commencement and payment of (but not eligibility for) a monthly benefit under this Agreement shall be subject to the Executive’s election pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.”

(i)Amend Section 2 by adding new subsections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, and 2.7 to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)Section 3.2 of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting prior to the word “Board” the following words “Nomination, Compensation and Governance Committee of the”.

(k)Amend Section 3 of the Agreement by adding a new section 3.7 to read as follows:

 

 

4

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

4. In all other respect the provisions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY

 

By: /s/ Jeffrey A. Long

Jeffrey A. Long, Group Vice President

 

 

/s/ Brian E. Hickey

Brian E. Hickey

5

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

FOR

BRIAN E. HICKEY

 

 

WHEREAS, Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (the "Company") and Brian E. Hickey (the “Executive”) entered into a Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement dated July 21, 1994 (the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Agreement was amended by mutual agreement effective August 1, 2006, to comply with the requirements of new Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) Section 409A; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties now wish to amend the Agreement in accordance with the transition rules to Section 409A of the Code to extend the period under which the Executive may elect a form of payment of his benefit and to clarify certain payment provisions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, by mutual consent of the parties, the Agreement is hereby amended, effective September 1, 2008, as follows:

 

1.Section 2.3 is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) in its entirety and substituting the following in its place:

 

(a)Not later than December 31, 2008, the Executive, in accordance with the transition rules under Section 409A of the Code, may make an election under (b) or (c) below regarding the date and form of payment of his Benefit. Any election made under this Section shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Company. Any election made under this Section in 2008 will be effective as of January 1, 2009.

 

2.Section 2.3 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of subsection (b):

 

If the Executive does not make an election under this Section, the Benefit Commencement Date will be the date on which the Executive has a Separation from Service or becomes Disabled, whichever is earlier.

 

 

3.Section 2.3 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of subsection (c):

 

If the Executive does not make an election under this Section, the Benefit will be paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity.

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.Section 2.4 is hereby amended by deleting the words “Section 2.3” in the first sentence and substituting the words “Sections 2.3 and 2.7” in their place.

 

5.Section 2.4 is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence and substituting the following in its place:

 

For purposes of this Section 2.4, the Executive will be deemed to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

6.Section 2.6 is hereby amended by deleting each reference to “2007” and substituting “2009” in its place.

 

7.Section 2.7 is hereby amended by deleting each reference to “2007” and substituting “2009” in its place, and by deleting each reference to “2006” and substituting “2008” in its place.

 

8.Section 2.7(c) is hereby amended by adding the words “Subject to Section 2.4,”  to the beginning of the paragraph, and by adding the words “the later of “ after the words "but not later than."

 

 

In all other respects, the Agreement remains unchanged.

 

Date:  12/11/08/s/  Brian E. Hickey

Brian E. Hickey

 

 

Date:  12/11/08MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS

TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

By:  /s/  Ann Marie Odrobina

Name:  Ann Marie Odrobina

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

DEFERRED BONUS PLAN

 

As Amended December 29, 2008 and Restated Effective January 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

INTENT

 

This M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan was established, effective

January 1, 1984, for the benefit of certain employees of certain affiliates of M&T Bank Corporation.  The Plan is intended to qualify as a plan described in Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and is maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Plan was amended and restated in February, 2005, to bring the Plan into compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"). The Company now wishes to further amend and restate the terms of the Plan to make additional changes consistent with the final regulations to Section 409A of the Code.  The provisions of this amended and restated Plan are effective January 1, 2005, unless otherwise specified.

 

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

When used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2.1"Account" means the account maintained for a Participant pursuant to Article IV hereof.

 

2.2"Anniversary Date" means the Deferral Date and each anniversary thereof.

 

 

 

2.5"Board" means the board of directors of M&T Bank Corporation.

 

2.6"Bonus" means an Eligible Employee's award under the Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

 

 

2.10"Deferred Bonus Election" means an election made pursuant to Article III hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL OF BONUS

 

3.1Deferred Bonus Elections for Pre-2008 Performance Years.

 

 

(b)An Eligible Employee's Deferred Bonus may not be less than $10,000.

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

1, 2006, the Plan Administrator shall not permit such an election to be made later than December 31 of the year prior to the Performance Year to which the Deferred Bonus Election relates.

 

3.2Deferred Bonus Elections for Post-2007 Performance Years.

 

 

 

 

 

3.3Deferred Bonus Agreements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

ARTICLE IV

ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

4.3Deemed Investment Portfolio.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Employer, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Employer, such change or adjustment shall be made in the number and class of hypothetical shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock held in a Participant's M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account as may be determined under the Retirement Savings Plan.

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

 

5.1Commencement of Payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

5.4, all Participants in the Plan shall be deemed to be "Specified Employees" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and related guidance.

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

BENEFICIARIES

 

Each Participant may designate from time to time any person or persons, natural or otherwise, as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom benefits under Section 5.1 are to be paid in the event of his death. Each Beneficiary designation shall be made in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator and shall be effective only when filed with the Plan Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.  Each Beneficiary designation filed with the Plan Administrator shall revoke all Beneficiary designations previously made by the Participant.  The revocation of a Beneficiary designation shall not require the consent of any designated Beneficiary.  Payment to a Beneficiary of all unpaid amounts attributable to Post-2004 Deferred Bonuses shall be made in a single lump sum on the last day of the quarter in which the Participant's death occurs.  Amounts attributable to Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses will be paid under the terms of the Plan in effect as of October 3, 2004.

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

 

(a)the date on which the notice of denial of claim was received by the Claimant;

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

 

(d)a statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon which he believes the

Plan Administrator should reverse its previous denial of his claim for benefits and accept his claim as made; and any written material (included as exhibits) which

the Claimant desires the Plan Administrator to examine in its consideration of his position as stated pursuant to clause (d).

 

Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to clause (b) (or, if special circumstances require an extension of time, within 120 days of such date), the Plan Administrator shall conduct a full and fair review of the decision denying the Claimant's claim for benefits and shall deliver, to the Claimant in writing, its decision.  Such written decision shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, a statement of the specific reasons for the decision, including references to the specific provisions of this Plan which were relied upon. The decision will be final and binding on all persons concerned.

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

purchaser or successor entity, then it shall terminate with respect to such Employer or its successor subject to the provisions of Section 8.1 hereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

---

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

requirements.  The Plan will be operated in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code as of January 1, 2005.  Further, no amendment in this restated Plan is intended to be a material modification of the Plan in effect on October 3, 2004 that would subject amounts earned and vested under the Plan as of December 31, 2004 to Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

 

 

 

Date: December 29, 2008By:   /s/ Ann Marie Odrobina

 

EXHIBIT 12.1

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-32044, 333-43175,  333-16077, 333-40640, 333-84384, 333-127406, 333-150122, 333-164015, 333-163992, 333-160769, 333-159795, 333-170740, 333-189099,  333-184504, 333-189097,  and 333-184411) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-182348 and 333-207030) of M&T Bank Corporation of our report dated February 22, 2017, relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Buffalo, New York

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Robert G. Wilmers certify that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: February 22, 2017

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Darren J. King, certify that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: February 22, 2017

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

 

I, Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation for the annual period ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

 

February 22, 2017

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

 

I, Darren J. King, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation for the annual period ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

Darren J. King

 

February 22, 2017

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.